An Old High German primer, with grammar, notes, and glossary

ST~

THE LIBRARY

OF

THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA

LOS ANGELES

FROM THE LIBRARY
OF

ELI SOBEL

ELI SOBE&

AN

WRIGHT

HENRY FROWDE, M.A.

PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

JX)NDON, EDINBURGH
NEW YORK AND TORONTO

CLARENDON PRESS SERIES

AN

OLD HIGH GERMAN
PRIMER

WITH

GRAMMAR, NOTES, AND GLOSSARY

BY

JOSEPH WRIGHT, PH.D., D.C.L., LL.D., LiTT.D.

PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY IN THE
UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

SECOND EDITION

OXFORD

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
1906

[ All rights reserved ]

OXFORD
PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

BY HORACE HART, M.A.
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY

SRLF
URL

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION

IN an elementary book like the present it is, of course,
impossible even to state all the phenomena of sound-change
peculiar to the Old High German language as a whole,
especially when one attempts to make a discrimination
between the Upper German and Upper Franconian dialects.
I have, however, endeavoured to bring within a comparatively
small compass all the really more important features of the
language, and fully believe that the beginner who conscien-
tiously works through the book will have acquired such a
sound elementary knowledge of the language as will enable
him to pursue his further study of German with little diffi-
culty, whether from a literary or a purely linguistic point of
view. In the MHG. primer many forms were left un-
explained which beginners would, no doubt, like to have
seen explained. There I mentioned such OHG. forms only
as were absolutely necessary for the understanding of the
Accidence, intentionally reserving the rest for the present
little book. In fact, MHG. grammar will cause little or no
difficulty to a student possessing a mere elementary know-
ledge of Old High German.

vi PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION

I trust that these two little books — imperfect and incom-
plete as they are — will contribute something towards further-
ing the scientific study of German in England, and fostering
among our countrymen a love for that great store of
medieval literature of which the German nation is justly
proud.

In conclusion I gratefully acknowledge my obligations to
Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, Halle, 1886, and to
the same author's Althochdeutsches Lesebuch, Halle, 1881,
a new edition of which is to appear shortly.

J. WRIGHT.

OXFORD : May, 1888.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND
EDITION

THE new edition of this Primer has been carefully revised
and brought up to date. The part dealing with the phono-
logy has been almost entirely rewritten. Although the
phonology only occupies forty-four pages, the student, who
masters it thoroughly, will have acquired a fairly good know-
ledge of the subject so far as it relates to Old High German
of the ninth century.

I have not found it desirable to change the general plan
and scope of the former edition, because my long experience
as teacher of and examiner in the subject has fully convinced
me that books containing more details about the phonology
and accidence than those given in the Primer are unsuitable
for beginners. I hope the present edition of the book may
serve the same purpose in the future as the former edition
has done in the past — viz. to help to further the scientific
study of Old German among our countrymen.

JOSEPH WRIGHT.

OXFORD : June, 1906.

CONTENTS

PAGES

INTRODUCTION (§§ 1-3) 1-2

CHAPTER I.
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION . ... 2-7

The OHG. alphabet (§ 4). Pronunciation of the OHG.
vowels (§§ 5-6). Pronunciation of the OHG. consonants
(§ 7). Phonetic survey of the OHG. sound -system
(§§ 8-11). Stress (§ 12).

CHAPTER II.

THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC EQUIVALENTS OF THE INDO-

GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM 8-n

The Indo-Germanic vowel-system (§ 13). The short
vowels (§§ 14-18); the long vowels (§§ 19-23); the
diphthongs (§§ 24-9) ; the Indo-Germanic vocalic nasals
and liquids (§§ 30-3).

CHAPTER III.
THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM . . . 11-14

Table of the Primitive Germanic vowel-system (§ 34).
The change of a to a (§ 36). The change of e to i (§ 37).
The change of i to e (§ 38). The change of u to o, u
(§ 39). The vowel-system at the close of the Primitive
Germanic period (§ 40).

X CONTENTS

PAGES

CHAPTER IV.

THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC
VOWEL-SYSTEM 14-21

Umlaut (§ 41). The short vowels (§§ 42-7) ; the long
vowels (§§ 48-53) ; the diphthongs (§§ 54-6).

CHAPTER V.

THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC
VOWELS OF UNACCENTED SYLLABLES . . . . 21-5

The vowels of final syllables (§§ 57-9) ; the vowels of
other than final syllables (§§ 60-3).

CHAPTER VI.

THE FIRST SOUND-SHIFTING, VERNER'S LAW, AND OTHER
CONSONANT CHANGES WHICH TOOK PLACE IN THE
PRIMITIVE GERMANIC LANGUAGE .... 25-34

The Indo-Germanic consonant system (§ 65). The first
sotind-shifting : — the tennes (§ 66) ; the mediae (§ 67) ; the
tenues aspiratae (§ 68) ; the mediae aspiratae (§§ 69-71).
Vemer's Law (§ 72). Other consonant changes (§§ 73-7).
Table of Primitive Germanic consonants (§ 78).

CHAPTER VII.

SPECIAL WEST GERMANIC MODIFICATIONS OF THE
GENERAL GERMANIC CONSONANT-SYSTEM. THE HIGH

GERMAN SOUND-SHIFTING, &c 34-4°

The change of medial z to r and the loss of final z (§ 79).
The gemination of consonants before a following j (§ 80).
The gemination of p, t, k before a following r (§ 81).
Table of the Primitive HG. explosives and spirants (§ 82).
The OHG. shifting of the voiceless explosives (§§ 83-4).
The OHG. shifting of the voiced explosives and spirants
(§ 85). Summary of the HG. sound-shifting (§ 86).
Verner's Law in OHG. (§ 87).

CONTENTS Xi

PAGES

CHAPTER VIII.
THE OHG. CONSONANTS IN GENERAL . . . . 41-4

Simplification of double consonants (§ 89). The semi-
vowels (§§ 90-1); liquids and nasals (§ 92); labials
(§ 93) ; gutturals (§ 94) ; dentals (§ 95).

CHAPTER IX.
DECLENSION OF NOUNS 45-55

A. The strong declension : — Masculine and neuter
a-stems (§§ 97-101) ; masculine and neuter ja-stems
(§§ 102-4); masculine and neuter wa-stems (§ 105);
6 stems (§§ 107-8); jo-stems (§§ 109-11); feminine ab-
stract nouns in -I (§§ 112-3) ; the i-declension (§§ 114-6) ;
the u-declension (§§ 117-20).

B. The weak declension (§§ 121-4).

C. Minor declensions : — Monosyllabic consonant stems
(§§ 125-7) ; stems in -r (§§ 128-31) ; stems in -nt (§ 132) ;
stems in -os, -es (§§ 133-5).

CHAPTER X.

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 55-64

A. Strong declension (§§ 137-44). B. Weak declen-
sion (§§ 145-6). C. Declension of participles (§§ 147-8).
D. The comparison of adjectives (§§ 149-52). Appendix:
Formation of adverbs from adjectives (§ 153); Compari-
son of adverbs (§§ 154-5). Numerals :— Cardinal and
ordinal numerals (§§ 156-9) ; other numerals (§ 160).

CHAPTER XI.
PRONOUNS 64-r,

Personal (§ 161); reflexive (§ 162); possessive (§§ 163-4);
demonstrative (§§ 165-7); relative (§ 168); interrogative
(§§ 169-70); indefinite (§ 171).

XU CONTENTS

FACES

CHAPTER XII.
VERBS 69-89

Classification of the OHG. verbs, and the OHG. ablaut-
series (§§ 172-3).

A. Strong Verbs : — The conjugation of the model strong
verb nSman (§ 174). Class I (§ 176) ; Class II (§ 177) ;
Class III (§ 178) ; Class IV (§ 179) ; Class V (§ 180) ;
Class VI (§ 181) ; Class VII (§§ 182-4).

B. Weak Verbs : — Classification of the OHG. weak verbs
(§ 185) ; first weak conjugation (J§ 186-91); second weak
conjugation (§ 192) ; third weak conjugation (§ 193).

C. Minor Groups: — A. The preterite-presents (§§ 194-
200). B. Verbs in -mi : i. The substantive verb (§ 202) ;
2. tuon (J 203) ; 3. gan (gen) (§§ 204-5) ; 4. The verb
' will ' (§ 206).

CHAPTER XIII.

SYNTAX 90-2

Cases (§§ 207-9). Adjectives (§ 210). Pronouns (§ 211).
Verbs (§§ 212-3).

TEXTS :

I. TATIAN 93-116

II. PSALMS 116-7

III. ST. EMMERAMER GEBET 117-8

IV. OTFRID IJ9-35

V. DAS LUDWIGSLIED J35-7

VI. CHRIST AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA . . . 137-8
VII. MUSPILLI 1 39-42

NOTES 143-7

GLOSSARY ... 148-76

GRAMMAR

INTRODUCTION

§ 1. By Old High German (OHG.) we mean the High
German language from the beginning of its earliest monu-
ments in the eighth century up to about the end of the
eleventh century. This book treats principally the language
as it obtained in the ninth century.

§ 2. OHG. forms one member of the West Germanic
division of the Germanic (Teutonic) branch of the Indo-
Germanic family of languages.

The Germanic branch consists of : —

I. Gothic.

II. Old Norse (Scandinavian), which is sub-divided into
two groups : —

East Norse, including Swedish, Gutnish, and Danish.
West Norse, including Norwegian and Icelandic.

III. West Germanic, which is composed of Old English
(OE.). Old Frisian, Old Saxon (OS.), sometimes called Old
Low German, Old Low Franconian (Old Dutch), and Old
High German.

§ 3. In OHG. we have to distinguish three dialect groups : —

I. Upper German (UG.), spoken in the highlands of
South Germany, and consisting of the Alemanic and Bavarian
dialects.

II. Upper Franconian (UFr.), consisting of East Franco-
nian (the dialect spoken in the old duchy of Francia Orientalis)

2 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

and Rhenish Franconian (the dialect of the old province of
Francia Rhinensis).

III. Middle Franconian, the dialect spoken along the
banks of the Moselle and of the Rhine from Coblence to
Diisseldorf.

This book is chiefly confined to the dialect groups I
and II.

PHONOLOGY

CHAPTER I
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION.

§ 4. The OHG. monuments were written in the Latin
alphabet.

Vowel length was either entirely omitted in writing, or was
represented by doubling the respective vowel ; but sometimes
also by using the accents (A, '). The sign "", placed over
vowels, is here used to mark long vowels.

A. THE VOWELS

§ 5. The OHG. vowel-system was represented by the five
elementary letters a, e, i, o, u, and the digraphs ei, ie (ea,
ia), io (eo), iu, ou (au), and uo (ua), the latter having the
value of diphthongs.

NOTE. — For i the symbol y was occasionally employed, otherwise y
occurred in loan-words only.

§ 6. All the simple vowels had both a short and a long
quantity.

The short vowels a, i, o, u, and the long vowels a, e, I,
6, and u, had nearly the same pronunciation as the cor-
responding OE. vowels, e had a twofold pronunciation,

GRAMMAR 3

which is still kept apart in many New High German (NHG.)
dialects, according as it represented a primitive Germanic e
— cp. e.g. OE. OS. OHG. beran, to bear, beside Greek $tpt»,
Lat. fero, / bear — or an e which arose from the i-umlaut
of a (§41), as Norn. sg. gast, guest, pi. gesti; nerien, to
save, from *nazjan. In the former case e had an open
sound like the e in English bed, and is generally written e in
grammatical treatises, in order to distinguish it from the
umlaut-e, which had a close sound like the / in French e'te.

The following key-words will be of use, as giving an
approximate pronunciation of the vowel-sounds to students
unacquainted with Old English : —

a as in NHG. m#nn man, man.

a „ ENGL. father hahan, to hang.

e „ ,, b«?d helfan, to help.

e „ FR. eie gesti, guests.

e „ NHG. reh sela, soul.

i „ ENGL. it wi^an, to know.

i ,, NHG. z'hn mm, my.

o „ ENGL. n<?t got, God.

6 „ NHG. so hoh, high.

u „ ENGL. foil gibuntan, bound.

u ,, „ food hus, fiouse.

ei = e + i „ stam stein, stone.

ie=i-fe viet, advised.

The remaining diphthongs ea (ia), io (eo), iu, cm (au),
uo (ua), will present no difficulties to the learner who has
mastered the key- words to the short vowels in the above table.

B 2

4 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

B. THE CONSONANTS

§ 7. The OHG. consonant-system was represented by the
following letters : — b, c, ch, d, f, g, h, *j (i, e, g), k, 1, m, n,
p, q, r, s, t, th (dh), u (v), *w (uu, u, uv, vu, w), x, z.

The letters b, d, k, 1, m, n, p, and t had nearly the same
values as in English. The remaining letters require special
attention.

c had a twofold pronunciation. It had the sound of English
k finally and before the guttural vowels a, o, u, and before
consonants, as tac, day, corn, corn, cund, known, cleini,
pretty. Before the palatal vowels i, e (except in the com-
bination sc) it had the sound of ta, like NHG. z, as lucil,
little ) ce, to. But, on the other hand, sceidan, to sever,
where so was pronounced like the sch in the English word
school.

ch mostly represented a single (guttural spirant) sound
like the ch in NHG. or in Scotch loch, as sprechan, io
speak. In Upper German monuments it was also used to
express the affricata kh, i.e. k + the ch sound in Scotch loch,
as khorn (chorn), corn. See § 84, 2.

f had a twofold pronunciation according as it represented
a Germanic f or p; cp. e.g. OHG. fater, OS. fadar, OE.
feeder, Gothic fadar, father, with OHG. slafan, OS. slapan,
OE. slaepan, Gothic slepan, io sleep. In the former case
it was labio-dental, and in the latter bilabial. f=prim. Germ.
f was often written u (v) initially, and medially between
vowels, as varan, OE. faran, to go ; zwival, Gothic tweifls,
doubt.

g, when it represented prim. Germ, g, or rather prim.
Germ, 3, had the sound of our g in got, as OHG. tag, OS.

GRAMMAR 5

dag, OE. daeg, day; OHG. guot, OE. gCd, good. See
§ 85, 3. But when it stood for prim. Germ, j, it was a spirant
and had nearly the same sound as the y in English yet, as
gener (jener), Goth, jains, ilk, yon ; herige (herie), Goth,
harja, Dat. sing, of heri, army.

h, initially and medially between vowels, had the sound-
value of English h in hat; finally and medially before con-
sonants it was the guttural spirant ch (see ch), as haben,
to have, sehan, to see; hoh (= NHG. hoch), high, naht
(= NHG. nacht), night.

*j (that is i in the function of a consonant) did not occur
in OHG. manuscripts, but was represented by i (e, g). It
had nearly the same sound-value as the y in English yet,
as nerien from *nazjan, to save; hirteo, Goth, hairdje,
Gen. pi. of hirti, shepherd; gener (jener), Gothic jains, ille,
yon.

q occurred only in combination with u as in English.

r was a trilled sound in all positions as in Scotch, as reht,
right, beran, to bear, fart, way, fagar, beautiful.

B was a voiceless spirant in all positions like the j in
English sit, as sunu, son, kiosan, to choose, kos, / chose.

th (dh) seems in the ninth century to have been a voiced
interdental spirant like the th in English then, as thenken,
to think.

u (v). Single u (v) was frequently written for Germanic
f (see f), as uaran, varan, to go. It was also employed,
especially after consonants and before the vowel u, to ex-
press u consonant, i.e. English w, as suarz for suuarz,
black, uurdun for uuurdun, they became.

*w (i.e. u in the function of a consonant) did not occur
in OHG. manuscripts, but was generally represented by nu

6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

(uv, vu, w), and had the sound-value of English w in wit.
It was also sometimes written u (v), see above under u (v).
In this grammar and glossary we shall generally write w.

x occurred almost exclusively in loan-words.

z had a twofold pronunciation. It had the sound-value
ts, initially as also medially and finally, after consonants and
when it arose from tt. Examples are: — zan, tooth, lenzo,
spring, holz, wood, herza, heart, suarz, black, scaz, money, cp.
OE. sceatt, O.Icel. skattr, Goth, skatts; sezzen, OS.
settian, to set, pret. sg. sazta, OS. setta (satta). In other
cases it was a kind of s sound, as haz,, hatred, bi^an, to bite.
See § 84. In this book the ts sound is represented by z, and
the s sound by 5.

PHONETIC SURVEY OF THE OHQ. SOUND-SYSTEM
§ 8. A. Vowels (Sonants).

r, ,. , ( Short a, o, u
Guttural \

( Long a, 6, u

„ , , . f Short e, e, i
Palatal \

( Long e, I

§ 9. B. Consonants.

LABIAL. DENTAL. GUTTURAL.

Voiceless p, pp t, tt k, kk

Voiced b, bb d, dd g, gg

I' TT • , „ /., ON f s, ss h, hh (ch)

Voiceless f (th ?) <
spirants < (%, W

I Voiced th (dh) g

A^asa/s m, mm n, nn n

Liquids 1, 11 ; r, rr

Semi-vowels w, j

Explosives \

GRAMMAR 7

To these must further be added the aspirate h and the
three affricatae (i.e. an explosive + a homorganic spirant)
z (i.e. ts), pf (ph), and the Upper German kh (ch) i.e. k +
the f^-sound in Scotch loch.

NOTE. — In the writing down of primitive Germanic forms the sign rj
is used to represent the guttural nasal, and x to represent the guttural
spirant (h). The guttural n occurred before gutturals only, as trinkan,
to drink, lang, long.

§ 10. A diphthong is the combination of a sonantal with
a consonantal vowel. The sonantal vowel is the bearer of
the stress (accent) in the syllable in which it occurs. All
the OHG. diphthongs, ei, ie (ea, ia), io (eo), iu, ou (au), and
uo (ua), were falling diphthongs, that is, the stress fell upon
the first of the two elements.

§ 11. The double consonants, nn, tt, &C., must be pro-
nounced long as in Italian and Swedish, thus rinnan, to run,
as rin-nan. They were uniformly shortened (simplified) when
they became final or came to stand before other consonants,
and also frequently medially when preceded by a long vowel,
as rinnan, to run, pret. sing, ran ; brennen, to burn, pret. sing.
branta ; slaffan beside slafan, to sleep. See § 89.

Stress (Accent).

§ 12. In all uncompounded words the chief stress falls
upon the stem-syllable and always remains there even when
suffixes and inflexional endings follow it. This syllable is
always the first of the word.

In compound words the chief stress falls upon the stem-
syllable of the first component part if the second part is
a noun or an adjective ; and on the stem-syllable of the second
part if this is a verb or derived from a verb.

8 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

CHAPTER II

THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC EQUIVALENTS OF THE
INDO-GERMANIC VOWEL-SOUNDS.

§ 13. The parent Indo-Germanic language had the follow-
ing vowel-system : —

Short vowels a, e, i, o, u
Long „ a, e, I, 6, u
Diphthongs ai, ei, oi, au, eu, ou
Short vocalic 1, m, n, r

NOTE. — i. o, the quality of which cannot be precisely defined, is omitted
from the above table as being of little importance for the purposes of
this book. It became a in all the Indo-Germanic languages, except in
the Aryan branch, where it became i, as Gr. ira-rf|p, Lat. pater, Olr.
athir, Goth, fadar, OHG. fater, Skr. pitar- (from *p9ter-) , father.

2. The long vocalic nasals and liquids, as also the long diphthongs
ai, ei, &c., were of such rare occurrence that they are here left out of
consideration.

§ 14. a (Lat. a, Gr. a) remained, as Lat. ager, Gr. dypos,
Goth, akrs, OS. akkar, OHG. ackar, field, acre; Lat. aqua,
Goth, ahra, OHG. aha, water.

§ 15. e (Lat. e, Gr. e) remained, as Lat. fero, Gr. <£e'pw,
/ bear, OHG. OS. OE. beran, to bear ; Lat. pellis, Gr. WXXa,
OHG. fel, OE. fell, skin, hide.

§ 16. i (Lat. i, Gr. i) remained, as Gr. Horn. /"iSjxei', Goth,
witum, OE. witon, OS. witun, OHG. wi^un, we know ;
cp. Lat. videre, to see; Lat. piscis, Goth, fisks, OE. fisc,
OS. OHG. fisk,/j/$.

§ 17. o (Lat. o, Gr. o) became a, as Lat. octo, Gr. forcS,
Goth, ahtau, OS. OHG. ahto, eight ; Lat. hostis, stranger,
enemy, Goth, gasts, OS. OHG. gast, guest.

GRAMMAR 9

§ 18. u (Lat. u, Gr. u) remained, as Gr. KUK<JS (gen. sing.),
Goth, bunds, OE. hund, OHG. hunt, dog, hound ; Lat.
gustus, taste; Goth, ga-kusts, OS. OHG. kust, test, choice.

§ 19. a (Lat. a, Gr. o, TJ) became 5, as Lat. mater, Gr.
Dor. fid-njp, OE. modor, OS. modar, mother; Lat. fagus,
beech, Gr. Dor. ^ayos, oak, Goth, boka, letter of the alphabet,
OE. boc-treow, beech-tree, OS. bok, beech.

§ 20. e (Lat. e, Gr. rj) remained, but it is generally written
S (=Goth. e, OE. », OS. OHG. a) in works on Germanic
philology, as Lat. edimus, Goth, etum, OE. seton, OHG.
aspin, we ate; Lat. mensis, Gr. yfy, month, Goth, mena, OS.
OHG. mano, moon.

§ 21. i (Lat. i, Gr. I) remained, as Lat. su-Inus (adj.),
belonging to a pig, Goth, swein, OE. OS. OHG. swin, pig ;
Lat. simus, OHG. aim, we may be.

§ 22. 6 (Lat. 6, Gr. o>) remained, as Gr. irXwros, swimming,
Goth, flodus, OE. OS. flod flood, tide, cp. Lat. plorare, to
weep aloud; Gr. Dor. TTG&S, Goth, fotus, OE. OS. fot,fooi.

§ 23. u (Lat. u, Gr. o) remained, as Lat. mus, Gr. JJLUS, OE.
OHG. mus, mouse; Lat. BUS, Gr. us, OE. OHG. su, sow, pig.

§ 24. ai (Lat. ae (e), Gr. 01, Goth, ai, OE. a, OS. e, OHG.
ei (e)) remained, as Lat. aedes, originally fire-place, hearth,
Gr. aiflu, / burn, OE. ftd, OHG. eit, ignis, rogus; Lat.
aevum, Gr. OIWK (older alfw), Goth, aiws, OHG. ewa, time,
life-time, eternity.

§ 25. ei (Lat. i (older ei), Gr. ei) became I, as Gr. oreixw,
I go, Goth, steigan, OE. OS. OHG. stigan, to ascend; Gr.
Xciirw, / leave, Goth, leihran, OHG. lihan, to lend.

§ 26. oi (Gr. 01) became ai (cp. § 17), as Gr. ot8c, Goth.

10 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

wait, OE. wat, OS. wet, OHG. wei?, he knows; O.Lat.
oinos, Goth, dins, OE. an, OS. en, OHG. ein, one, cp. Gr.
q, the ace on dice.

§ 27. au (Lat. au, Gr. ou, Goth, au, OE. ea, OS. 6, OHG.
ou(6)) remained, as Lat. auris, Goth, auso, OE. eare, OS.
OHG. ora, ear ; Lat. augere, to increase, Gr. au£<i\>u, 1 in-
crease, Goth, aukan, OHG. ouhhon, to add, increase, OE.
eacen (pp.), increased, large.

§ 28. eu (Gr. eu) remained, as Gr. ireuOofiai, / inquire,
prim. Germ. *beudo, / inquire, offer ; Gr. yeu'w, I give a taste
of, prim. Germ. *keuso, / test, choose. See § 56.

§ 29. ou became au (cp. § 17), as Indo-Germ. *roudhos,
Goth. rau)>s, OE. read, OS. rod, OHG. rot, red; Indo-
Germ. *bhe-bhoudhe, has waked, Goth, bauj?, OE. bead, OS.
bod, OHG. bot, he offered.

§ 30. m (Lat. em, Gr. a, aji,) became urn, as &JAO- (in
&\LQ$f.v,from some place or other), Goth, sums, OE. OS. OHG.
sum, some one ; Gr. in<n6v, Lat. centum (with n from m by
assimilation, and similarly in the Germanic languages), Goth.
OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, all from a prim, form *kmtom.

§ 31. n (Lat. en, Gr. o, ac) became un, as Lat. com-mentus
(pp.) invented, devised, Gr. auTo-fiarcs, acting of one's own will,
Goth, ga-munds, OHG. gi-munt, remembrance, prim, form
*mntos (pp.) from root men-, think ; OE. wundor, OS.
wundar, OHG. wuntar, wonder, cp. Gr. dOpe'w (from
*/:a6pe'w), I -gaze at.

§ 32. r (Lat. or, Gr. ap, pa) became ur, ru, as OE. dur-
ron, OHG. gi-turrun, we dare, cp. Gr. 0apau9 (Opacrus), bold,
Oapae'u, / am of good courage; dat. pi. Gr. Trorpdai, Goth.

GRAMMAR I r

fadrum, OE. f<sed(e)rum, to fathers ; Lat. porca, the ridge
between two furrows, OE. furh, OHG. tuxvCia.,/urrow.

§ 33. 1 (Lat. ol, Gr. oX, Xo) became ul, lu, as Goth, fulls.
OE. OS. full, OHG. vol, prim, form *plnos, full; Goth,
wulfs, OE. OS. wulf, OHG. wolf, prim, form *wlqos, Skr.
vfkas, wolf.

NOTE. — The u in um, un, ur, ru, ul, lu had the same further de-
velopment in the Germanic languages as Indo-Germanic u. See § 39.

CHAPTER III

THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM.
§ 34. From what has been said in §§ 13-33, we arrive at
the following vowel-system for the prim. Germ, language : —
Short vowels a, e, i, u

Long ,, », e, I, 6, u
Diphthongs ai, au, eu

NOTE. — ee was an open e-sound like OE. w. e had the sound of
the e in NHG. reh, roe. The origin of this vowel has not yet been
satisfactorily explained. It is important to remember that it is never
the equivalent of Indo-Germanic e which appears as » in prim. Germanic.
See §§ 49, 50.

§ 35. This system underwent several modifications during
the prim. Germanic period, i. e. before the parent language
became differentiated into the various separate Germanic
languages. The most important of these changes were : —

§ 36. a + rjx became ax, as Goth. OS. OHG. fahan, OE.
fon, from *far]xanan> to catch, seize, cp. Lat. pango, I fasten ;
Goth. Jjahta (inf. J>agkjan), OS. thahta (inf. thenkian), OHG.
dahta (inf. denken), OE. Sohte, from older *J>ar|xta> he

12 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

thought, cp. O.Lat. tongeo, I know. Every prim. Germanic &
in accented syllables was of this origin. Cp. § 19.

NOTE. — The a in the above and similar examples was still a nasalized
vowel in prim. Germ., as is seen by its development to 6 in OE. The I
(§ 37) and u (§ 39) were also nasalized vowels in prim. Germanic.

§ 37. e became i under the following circumstances : —

1. Before a nasal + consonant, as Goth. OE. OS. bindan,
OHG. bintan, to bind, cp. Lat. of-fendimentum, chin-cloth,
of-fendix, knot, band, Gr. ireyOcpog, father-in-law ; Gr. TT^KT€,
Goth, fimf, OHG. fimf, finf,/w. This explains why OHG.
bintan, to bind, and helfan, to help, belong to the same ablaut-
series. See § 178.

This i became I under the same conditions as those
by which a became a (§ 36), as Goth. J>eihan, OS. thlhan,
OHG. dlhan, OE. tSeon, from *J>irjxanan> older *)>er)xanan>
to thrive. The result of this sound-law was the reason why
the verb passed from the third to the first class of strong
verbs (§ 176), cp. the isolated pp. OS. gi-thungan, OE. ge-
tSungen, full-grown.

2. When followed by an i, I, or j in the same or the next
syllable, as Goth. OS. OHG. 1st, OE. is, from *isti, older
*esti, cp. Gr. IOTI, is', OHG. irdin, earthen, beside erda,
earth', Goth, midjis, OE. midd, OS. middi, OHG. mitti,
Lat. medius, from an original form *medhjos, middle; OS.
birid, OHG. birit, he bears, from an original form *bh6reti,
through the intermediate stages *t»6reai, *fc6rifli, *tJiri3i,
beside inf. beran.

3. In unaccented syllables, as OE. fet, older foet, from
*fotiz, older *fotez,/ee/, cp. Lat. pedes, Gr. iro^es.

§ 38. i, followed originally by an a, o or e in the next

GRAMMAR 13

syllable, became e when not protected by a nasal + consonant
or an intervening i or j, as OE. OS. OHG. wer, from
*wiraz, older *wiros, man, cp. Lat. vir; OE. OHG. nest,
nest, cp. Lat. nidus, from "nizdos. In historic times, how-
ever, this law has an exceedingly great number of exceptions
owing to the separate languages having levelled out in
various directions, cp. e.g. OHG. quec beside OE. cwic,
quick, alive, cp. Lat. vrvos (vivus); OHG. lebara beside
OE. lifer, liver; OHG. leben beside OE. libban, to live;
OHG. leccon beside OE. liccian, to lick; OHG. wessa
beside wissa, / knew.

§ 39. u, followed originally by an a, o or e in the next
syllable, became o when not protected by a following nasal +
consonant or an intervening i or j, as OHG. joh, OE. geoc,
yoke, cp. Lat. jugum, Gr. Suyoy; OE. OS. god, OHG. got,
god, from an original neuter form *ghut6m, beside OHG.
gutin, goddess ; OHG. fol (vol) from an original form plnos,
full, beside OHG. fulli, fullness', OE. geholpen, pp. of
helpan, to help, OS. giholpan, OHG. giholfan, beside OE.
gebunden, pp. of bindan, to bind, OS. gibundan, OHG.
gibuntan ; OE. budon, OHG. butun, we offered, beside pp.
OE. geboden, OHG. gibotan.

Every prim. Germanic o in accented syllables was of this
origin. Cp. § 17.

u became u under the same circumstances as those by
which a and i became a and I, as pret. 3rd pers. sg. Goth,
buhta, OS. thuhta, OE. buhte, OHG. duhta, seemed, beside
inf. Goth, bugkjan, OHG. dunken, to seem.

§ 40. From what has been said in §§ 34-39, it will be
seen that the prim. Germ, vowel-system had assumed the

j 4 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

following shape before the differentiation into dialects of the
Germanic parent language : —

Short vowels a, e, i, o, u

Long „ a, ®, e, i, 6, ft

Diphthongs ai, au, eu

The further development of these sounds in Old High
German will be briefly discussed in the following chapter.

CHAPTER IV

THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC
VOWEL-SYSTEM.

A. THE SHOUT VOWELS OP ACCENTED
SYLLABLES

§ 41. Before entering upon the history of the various
vowels we shall here define and illustrate umlaut, a pheno-
menon of frequent occurrence in OHG.

By umlaut is meant the modification of an accented vowel
through the influence of an i or j in the following syllable.

The only vowel, which underwent this modification in the
period of OHG. treated in this book, was a, which became e
(§ 6). Examples are : ferit, goes, inf. faran ; nom. pi.
kelbir, calves, gesti, guests, beside nom. sing, kalb, gast ;
inf. nerien (Goth, naqjan), to save ; brennen (Goth, bran-
njan), to burn ; heri (Goth, haijis), army ; lengi, length,
beside lang, long.

a

§ 42. Germanic a generally remained unchanged in OHG.,
as OHG. OS. OE. Goth, faran (§ 181), to go; OHG. OS.

GRAMMAR 15

gast, Goth, gasts, guest', OHG. tag, OS. dag, Goth, dags,
day; OHG. bant (§ 178), OS. OE. Goth, band, he bound',
OHG. OS. Goth, nam (§ 179), he took; OHG. gab (§ 180),
OS. Goth, gaf, he gave.

§ 43. a became e when followed by an i or j in the next
syllable, for examples see §41. This i-umlaut of a did not,
however, take place in the following cases : —

1. Before ht, hs, or consonant + w, as maht, power, pi.
mahti ; wahsit, he grows, inf. wahsan ; bi-scatwen from
*soatwjan, to shade.

2. In Upper German before 1 + consonant, before hh, ch
( = Germanic k, § 84), and often before r + consonant, and
before h ( = Germanic h), as UG. haltit beside UFr. heltit,
he holds, inf. haltan ; UG. altiro beside UFr. eltiro, older ;
UG. sachit beside UFr. sehhit, he quarrels, inf. sachan,
Goth, sakan ; UG. warmen beside wermen, Goth, warmjan,
to warm; slahit beside slebit, he strikes, inf. OHG. Goth,
slahan.

3. In words ending in -nissi, -nissa, or -lih, as firstant-
nissi, understanding; kraftllh, strong; tagalih, daily.

e

§ 44. Germanic e (usually written e in order to distinguish
it from the e which arose from the i-umlaut of a) generally
remained in OHG., as OHG. OS. OE. weg, way; OHG.
OS. OE. helm, helm; OHG. helfan, OS. OE. helpan, to
help', OHG. OS. OE. stelan, to steal; OHG. e^an, OS. OE.
etan, to eat.

Germ, e became i in OHG. when followed by a u in the
next syllable, as hilfu, I help, biru, / bear, gibu, I give,
beside inf. helfan, beran, geban ; OHG. sibun, OS. sebun,

1 6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Lat. septem, seven; OHG. flhu, Lat. pecu, cattle ; OHG.
filu from an original form *pelu, much. This law has many
exceptions due to new formations where the e was regular,
thus fehu beside fihu is due to levelling out the oblique stem
form, as gen. fehes, dat. lehe.

On the OHG. change of e to i in the general Germanic
combination eww (= Goth, iggw) and in the West Germanic
combination eww from ewj, see § 90.

On OHG. forms like lirnen, to learn, wissa, / knew, skif,
ship, skirm, protection, beside lernen, wessa. skef, skerm,
see § 38.

In a few words e has become o through the influence
of a preceding w, as wola (adv.), well, wolta, / would,
worolt, world, beside wela, welta, weralt.

i

§ 45. Germanic i remained in OHG., as OHG. fisk,
OS. OE. fisc, Goth, fisks, fish ; OHG. wituwa, OS. widowa,
OE. widewe, Goth, widuwo, widow ; OHG. wisjgan, OS.OE.
Goth, witan, to know, OHG. bi^un, OE. biton, Goth,
bitum, we bit; pp. OHG. gibi^an, OE. biten, Goth, bitans,
bitten.

O

§ 46. Germanic o, which arose from an older u (§ 39),
remained in OHG., as OHG. got, OS. OE. god, god; OHG.
tohter, OS. dohtar, OE. dohtor, daughter; pp. OHG.
gibotan, OS. gibodan, OE. geboden, offered, OHG. inf.
biotan (§ 177); pp. OHG. giholfan, OS. giholpan, OE.
geholpen, helped, OHG. inf. helfan (§ 178); pp. OHG. OS.
giboran, OE. geboren, OHG. inf. be'ran (§ 179), to bear;

GRAMMAR 1 7

pret. OHG. worhta, OE. worhte, he worked, beside OHG.
inf. wurken from older *wurkjan.

U

§ 47. Germanic u remained in OHG., as OHG. OS. OE.
sunu, Goth, sunus, son ; OHG. OS. wurm, stem wurmi-,
worm ; OHG. huggen, OS. huggian, Goth, hugjan, to think ;
OHG. wullin, woollen, guldln, golden, beside wolla, wool,
gold, gold; wurken from older *wurkjan, to work, beside
pret. worhta; pret. pi. OHG. butun, OS. budun, OE.
budon, Goth, budum, we offered, OHG. inf. biotan (§ 177);
pret. pi. OHG. buntun, OS. bundun, OE. bundon, Goth.
bundum, we bound, OHG. inf. bintan (§ 178), pp. OHG.
gibuntan, OS. gibundan, OE. gebunden, Goth, bundans,
bound.

B. THE LONG VOWELS OP ACCENTED SYLLABLES

a

§ 48. The a, which arose from a according to § 36,
remained in OHG., as OHG. OS. Goth, fahan, to catch, seize ;
OHG. OS. Goth, hahan, to hang, beside OHG. pp. gihangan ;
pret. sing. OHG. dahta, OS. thahta, Goth. bahta, / thought,
beside inf. OHG. denken, Goth. bagkjan; OHG. OS. Goth,
brahta, / brought, beside OHG. bringan, to bring.

SB

§ 49. Germanic & (=» OS. a, OE. e, Goth, e) became a in
OHG., as OHG. tat, OS. dad, OE. dad, Goth, ga-deba, deed;
OHG. sat, OS. sad, OE. sad, seed; OHG. ratan, OS. radan,
OE. radan, to advise, Goth, ga-redan, to reflect upon ; OHG.
OS. barun, OE. baron, Goth, berum, we bore ; OHG. inf.
beran (§ 179); OHG. sa^un, OS. satun, OE. sSton, Goth.
setun, they sat, OHG. inf. sitzen (§ 180, note 3).

1 8 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

s

§ 60. Germanic e, which cannot be traced back phono-
logically to Indo-Germanic e (§ 20), is of obscure origin. In
the oldest historic periods of most of the Germanic lan-
guages, the two sounds are kept quite apart.

Germanic e (= OS. OE. Goth, e) became developed to ie
during the OHG. period through the intermediate stages of
ea, ia. ie (Otfrid ia, but beside this also ie) is the OHG.
normal form from about the middle of the ninth century.
All four stages occur at different periods, as e.g. her, hear,
Mar, hier, OS. OE.Goth. her, here', OHG. meta, &c., OS.
meda, OE. med, pay, reward; pret. sg. OHG. ret, &c.,
OS.OE. red, OHG. inf. ratan (§ 183), to advise; OHG. lesj,
&c., OS. OE. let, he let, OHG. inf. la^an. For other
examples in the preterite of the old reduplicated verbs, see
§ 183.

i

§ 61. Germanic I remained in OHG. as also in the oldest
periods of the other Germanic languages, as OHG. OS. OE.
swin, Goth, swein, pig; OHG. OS. OE. sin, Goth, seins,
his ; OHG. bi^an, OS. OE. bitan, Goth, beitan, to bite,

6

§ 52. Germanic 6 became uo in stem syllables during the
OHG. period through the intermediate stages oa, ua. Otfrid
regularly has ua, but Tatian uo. The stage oa does not
occur in Upper Franconian monuments. Examples are : —
OHG. fuos$, OS. OE. fot, Goth, fotus, foot ; OHG. fluot,
OS. OE. flod, Goth, flodus, flood, stream ; OHG. fuor, OS.
OE. Goth, for, I fared, OHG. inf. faran (§ 181); OHG.

GRAMMAR 19

suohhen, OS. sokian, Goth, sokjan, to seek ; OHG. bluoian,
OS. bloian, Goth, "blojan, to bloom, blossom.

U

§ 53. Germanic u remained in OHG. as also in the oldest
periods of the other Germanic languages, as OHG. OS. OE.
hus, house, Goth, hus in gudhus, temple; OHG. OS. OE.
rum, Goth, rums, room ; OHG. dusunt, OS. thusundig,
OE. Jmsend, Goth. Jmsundi, thousand; OHG. luhhan, OE.
lucan, to lock, Goth, galukan, to shut, close ; OHG. duhta
(§ 39), OS. thuhta, OE. Jmhte, Goth. J>uhta, it seemed, inf.
OHG. dunken, Goth. Jmgkjan.

C. THE DIPHTHONGS OF ACCENTED SYLLABLES

ai

§ 54. Germanic ai (=OS. e, OE. a, Goth, ai) became
long close e (through the intermediate stage of long open &
often written ae, § in the oldest OHG. monuments) before r,
old h (§ 77), and w, as OHG. OS. er, before, Goth, air, soon,
early ; OHG. mero, OS. mera, OE. mara. Goth, maiza,
greater; OHG. leren, OS. lerian, Goth, laisjan, to teach;
OHG. eht, Goth, dints, possession ; pret. sg. OHG. OS.
leh, OE. lah, Goth, laihr, I lent, OHG. inf. lihan (§ 176);
gen. OHG. OS. snewes, OE. snawes, of snow, Goth, snaiws,
snow ; OHG. sela older siula, OS. seola, OE. sawol, Goth,
saiwala, soul; pret. sg. OHG. spec from older *spew, OE.
spaw, Goth, spaiw, OHG. inf. spiwan (§ 176), to spit.

Germanic final ai also became e in OHG., as OHG. OS.
we, OE. wa, Goth, wai, woe/; OHG. de, Goth. ]>ai, they.

In all other cases Germanic ai became ei in OHG., as
c 2

20 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

OHG. heil, OS. hel, OE. hai, Goth. Mils, hale, whole, sound;
OHG. stein, OS. sten, OE. stan, Goth, stains, stone; pret.
sing. OHG. steig, OS. steg, OE. stag, Goth, staig, OHG.
inf. stigan (§ 176), to ascend; OHG. heizan (§ 183), OS.
hetan, OE. hatan, Goth, haitan, to name, call.

au

§ 65. Germanic au (=OS. 6, OE. ea, Goth, au) became
in OHG. long close 6 (through the intermediate stages ao,
long open 9) before the consonants d, t, 3, s, n, r, 1, and old
h (§ 77), as OHG. tod, OS. dod, OE. deaj>, Goth, daujms,
death; OHG. rot, OS. rod, OE. read, Goth. raubs, red;
pret. sg. OHG. gog, OS. got, OE. geat, Goth, gaut, OHG.
inf. giozan, to pour; pret. sg. OHG. OS. kos, OE. ceas,
Goth, kaus, OHG. inf. kiosan (§ 177), to choose; OHG. OS.
Ion, OE. lean, Goth. Idun, pay, reward; OHG. OS. ora, OE.
eare, Goth, auso, ear ; OHG. kol, from Lat. caulis, stalk ;
OHG. OS. hoh, OE. heah, Goth, hduhs, high ; pret. sg.
OHG. zoh, OS. toh, OE. teah, Goth, tauh, OHG. inf.
ziohan (§ 177), to draw, lead.

Before all other consonants and finally au became ou in
OHG. in the course of the ninth century. Examples are :
OHG. ouga, OS. 6ga, OE. eage, Goth, augo, eye ; OHG.
houbit, OS. hofcid, OE. heafod, Goth. haubi)>, head; OHG.
goumen, OS. gomian, Goth, gaumjan, to pay attention to,
heed; pret. sg. OHG. boug, OS. bog, OE. beag, Goth,
baug, OHG. inf. biogan, to bend; pret. sg. OHG. kou, OE.
ceaw, OHG. inf. kiuwan (§ 177), to chew.

eu

§ 56. Original eu (§ 28) became iu in Gothic. In OS. it
generally became eo (io) and in OE. eo. But it became iu

GRAMMAR 21

in OS. and ie in OE. when originally followed by an i or j
in the next syllable.

In OHG. it became iu when originally followed by an i, j,
or u in the next syllable. It also became iu in Upper German
before labials and gutturals except old h (§ 77), as OHG. OS.
niuwi, OE. niewe, Goth, niujis, stem form niuja-, older
neujo-, new; OHG. liuhten, OS. liuhtian, OE. liehtan,
Goth, liuhtjan, older "leuhtjan, to light; OHG. Musit, OS.
kiusid, OE. ciesS, Goth, kiusij>, he chooses, tests, OHG. inf.
kiosan ; OHG. diutisk, vulgaris, beside diota, people ; OHG.
kiiisu, OE. ceose, I choose.

Upper German liup, dear, tiuf, deep, siuh, sick, liugan, to
lie, beside Franconian liob, tiof, sioh, liogan; UG. and Fr.
lioht, light, beside liuhten, to light.

In all other cases original eu became eo in OHG., which
passed into io (Otfrid mostly ia) during the first half of the
ninth century, as OHG. OS. lioht, OE. leoht, Goth. liuhab,
a light, cp. Gr. Xeunrfs, light, bright; OHG. OS. kiosan, OE.
ceosan, Goth, kiusan, to test, choose, cp. Gr. yeuw from older
, I gire a taste of.

CHAPTER V

THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC
VOWELS OF UNACCENTED SYLLABLES.

A. THE VOWELS OF FINAL SYLLABLES

§ 57. i. Final long vowels, inherited from primitive
Germanic, became shortened already in primitive High
German : —

22 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

-5 became -u, as biru from *bero = Gr. 4>e'pu>, 1 bear ; instr.
sg. tagu from dago, by day.

-I became -i, as pret. subj. i. and 3. pers. sg. nami beside
3. pers. pi. nftmin.

These short vowels then underwent the same further
development in OHG. as original short u and i. See below.

2. a (=Indg. o and a), which was originally final or became
final through the loss of a following consonant, disappeared
in dissyllabic and polysyllabic forms already in prim. High
German.

u and i, which were originally final or became final through
the loss of a following consonant, disappeared in trisyllabic
and polysyllabic forms. They, as well as the u and i, which
arose from the shortening of 6 and i, disappeared also in
dissyllabic forms when the first syllable was long, but remained
when the first syllable was short. The regular operation of
this law was often disturbed by analogical formations.

Regular forms were: OHG. weiz^Gr. otSa, / know;
OHG. nom. wolf from *wulfaz = Gr. XUKOS, wolf; OHG.
beran from *beranan, pre-Germanic *bheronom, to bear]
OHG. wei^=Gr. otSe, he knows; OHG. 3. pers. pret. sg.
kos, bant from *kausi, *bandi, pre-Germanic *gouse,
*bhondhe. OHG. ist=Gr. eon, is; OHG. gast from
*gastiz, guest='Lat. hostis; OHG. meri, sea, cp. Lat. pi.
mari-a; OHG. wini from *winiz, friend. OHG. tdd =
Goth, daujnis, death; OHG. fluot=Goth. flodus, flood.
OHG. fihu=Goth. faihu, Lat. pecus, cattle; OHG. nom.
sunu=Goth. sunus, son; OHG. situ = Goth, sidus, custom;
OHG. biru, Gr. <t>epw, / bear. Then after the analogy of

GRAMMAR 23

these and similar forms were made stat for *steti, place ; sun
beside sunu, son ; hilfu for *hilf, / help ; &c.

3. Later than the shortening mentioned under i, occurred
the shortening which was experienced in dissyllabic and poly-
syllabic words by the long vowel, after which an -n or -z
had disappeared, and by the -e and -6 from older -ai and -au,
which were either already final in prim. Germanic, or had
become so after the loss of -z as well as by the -i which had
arisen from older -iji. In this case a distinction must be made
according as the long vowel originally had the ' slurred ' or
the ' broken ' accent. In the former case -o became -o and
in the latter case -a in OHG. This shortening also took
place in prim. High German. Examples are: — gen. pi. OHG.
tago from *dagon, of days ; gen. pi. zungono, Goth, tuggono,
of tongues ; nom. sg. OHG. hano from *xanon, cock ; but
nom. pi. OHG. taga, Goth, dagos; nom. sg. OHG. herza,
Goth, hairto, heart; ace. sg. OHG. geba, gift, cp. Gr.
Xwpdy; nom. pi. masc. OHG. blinte, Goth, blindai, blind;
loc. sg. used as dat. OHG. tage from *dagai, cp. Gr. OIKOI,
at home; OHG. ahto, Goth, ahtau, eight; gen. sg. OHG.
suno, Goth, sunaus, of a son ; OHG. will from *willz, thou
wilt; nom. pi. OHG. gesti from *sjastiz, older *gastijiz, cp.
Gr. iroXets from *-n-o\eje9, cities; OHG. imper. neri from
*nazi, older *naziji, save thou.

§ 58. OHG. short and long vowels remained in final
syllables when followed by a consonant, as neut. sg. blintaz.,
blind; ace. inan, him; inf. helfan, to help; gen. tages, of a
day ; gen. dat. hanen, herzen beside nom. hano, cock, herza,
heart; nom. ace. pi. lembir, lambs; dat. pi. enstim, to
favours; nimit, he takes; ubil, evil; ace. hanon, cock;

24 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

sibun, seven ; dat. pi. tagum, to days ; haben, to have \ nemes,
thou mayest take', dat. pi. blintem, blind; mahtig, mighty •
tiurlih, dear ; dat. pi. hohim, to heights ; namis, thou mightest
take\ salbon, to anoint', suohtos, thou soughtest; dat. pi.
gebom, zungoxn beside nom. sg. geba, gift, zunga, tongue ;
ace. gen. dat. sg. zungun.

§ 59. If a nasal or a liquid, preceded by a mute consonant,
came to stand finally after the loss of a, it became vocalic
and then generated a new a before it, as nom. ace, eban,
even, from *ebn, older *et5naz, efcnan ; nom. ace. fogal, bird,
from *fogl, older *foglaz, *fo5lan ; nom. ace. acchar, acre,
field, from *akr, older *akraz, *akran ; &c.

The a, thus generated, became transferred to the oblique
cases also, at first after short syllables, and then later after
long syllables as well, e.g. fogales, wuntare, &c.

B. THE VOWELS OF OTHEB THAN FINAL
SYLLABLES

§ 60. Here can merely be stated the more important
phenomena ; for the rest the student must be referred to the
various articles on the subject in Paul and Braune's Beitrage
zur G esc hie hie der deutschen Sprache und Literalur, and to
ch. ii in Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, 2nd edition,
1891.

§ 61. The i in the preterite and past participle of weak
verbs, class I, was regularly syncopated after long stem
syllables, as branta, / burnt, pp. gibranter ; horta, / heard,
pp. gihorter ; beside nerita, / saved, pp. gineriter ; &c.

§ 62. Medial vowels were often assimilated to final vowels,

GRAMMAR 25

as keisar, emperor, gen. keiseres ; wuntoron, to wonder,
beside wuntar ; sibun, seven, beside inflected form sibini ; &c.

§ 63. In all High German dialects a vowel was developed
between medial rh and Ih, as also before w in the combina-
tions rw, Iw, and sw. The vowel thus developed appeared
mostly as a or o, but it not unfrequently regulated itself after
the quality of a neighbouring vowel, cp. § 59. Examples
are : — beraht, Goth, bairhts, clear ; fu.rh.ten, to be afraid,
beside pret. forhta, forahta ; wurken, to work, beside pret.
worhta, worahta ; felhan beside felahan, to hide, bifiluhu,
/ hide, bifilihit, he hides ; garo, ready, inflected form garwer
beside garawer; melo, meal, flour, gen. melwes beside
melawes, dat. melewe ; zeswa, right hand, beside zesawa.

CHAPTER VI

THE FIRST SOUND-SHIFTING, VERNER'S LAW, AND OTHER
CONSONANT CHANGES WHICH TOOK PLACE IN THE PRIMI-
TIVE GERMANIC LANGUAGE.

§ 64. The first sound-shifting, popularly called Grimm's
Law, refers to the changes which the Indo-Germanic tenues,
tenues aspiratae, mediae, and mediae aspiratae underwent in
the period of the Germanic primitive community, i. e. before
the Germanic parent language became differentiated into the
separate Germanic languages : — Gothic, O. Norse, O. English,
O. Frisian, O. Saxon (O. Low German), O. Low Franconian
(O. Dutch), and O. High German.

§ 65. The Indo-Germanic parent language had the follow-
ing system of consonants : —

26 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

LABIAL. DENTAL. PALATAL. GUTTURAL.
tenues p t k q

mediae b d g g

tenues aspiratae ph th kh qh

^ mediae asp. bh dh gh gh

f voiceless a

Spirants \ . ,

( voiced z j

Nasals m n rf. E>

Liquids 1, r

Semivowels w (u) j (i)

NOTE. — i. Explosives are consonants which are formed by complete
closure of the mouth passage, and may be pronounced with or without
voice, i. e. with or without the vocal cords being set in action ; in the
former case they are said to be voiced (e. g. the mediae), and in the
latter voiceless (e. g. the tenues). The aspiratae are pronounced like
the simple tenues and mediae followed by an h, e. g. like the th in
English/0//i!0<?&, ph in haphazard, or dh in madhouse.

The palatal explosives are formed by the front or middle of the
tongue and the roof of the mouth (hard palate), like g, k (c) in English
get, good, kid, could ; whereas the velars are formed by the root of
the tongue and the soft palate (velum). The latter do not occur in
English, but are common in Hebrew, and are generally also heard in the
Swiss pronunciation of literary German. The palatal and velar nasals
only occurred before their corresponding explosives, nk, fig ; rjq, rjQ, &c.

2. Spirants are consonants formed by the mouth passage being
narrowed at one spot in such a manner that the outgoing breath gives
rise to a frictional sound at the narrowed part.

z only occurred before voiced explosives, e.g. *ozdos = Gr. 6£os,
OHG. ast, twig.

j was like the widely spread North German pronunciation of j in ja, not
exactly like the y in English yes, which is generally pronounced without
distinct friction, j occurred very rarely in the prim. Indo-Germanic
language. In the Germanic, as in most other Indo-Germanic languages,
the frictional element in this sound became reduced, which caused it
to pass into the so-called semivowel.

GRAMMAR 27

3. The nasals and liquids had the functions both of vowels and con-
sonants (cp. §§ 13, 30-3). In like manner the semivowels, w (ij) and
j (j) are the consonants corresponding to u, i.

4. In the writing down of prim. Germanic forms the signs p ( = th in
thin), tt ( r= th in then), 15 ( — a bilabial spirant, which may be pro-
nounced like the v in vine), 5 ( = g often heard in German sagen) ,
X ( = German ch).

§ 66. The Indg. tenues p, t, k, q became in prim. Ger-
manic the voiceless spirants f, J>, x, X (xw)-

p>f. Lat. pes, Gr.irou's, Goth, fotus, OE. OS.fot, OHG.
fuojj, foot; Lat. piscis, Goth, fisks, OS. OHG. fisk, OE.
fisc, fish; Lat. nepos, Goth. *nifa, OE. nefa, OHG. nefo,
nephew.

t>J>. Lat. tu, Gr. Dor. TJ, Goth. J>u, OE. Jni, OS. thu,
thou ; Lat. verto, / turn, Goth, wairjjan, OE. weorSan,
OS. werthan, to become; Lat. frater, Goth, brobar, OE.
brotSor, OS. brothar, brother.

k>x- Lat. canis, Gr. KU'WI', Goth, hunds, OE. OS. htmd,
OHG. hunt, hound, dog; Lat. cor (gen. cordis), Gr. KapSid,
Goth, hairto, OE. heorte, OS. herta, OHG. herza, heart;
Lat. decem, Gr. SeVa, Goth, taihun, OS. tehan, OHG. zehan,
ten ; Lat. duco, / lead, Goth, tiuhan, OS. tiohan, OHG.
ziohan, to draw, lead.

q > X (xw)- Lat. capio, I take, Goth, haijan, OE. hebban,
OS. hebbian, OHG. heffen, to raise; Lat. vinco, I conquer,
Goth, weihan, OHG. wlhan, to fight.

Lat. quis, Goth, hras, OE. hwa, OS. hwe, OHG. hwer
(wer), who?; Gr. Xci'irw (from *leiqo), I leave, Goth, leiluan,
OHG. Hhan, to lend.

NOTE. — i. The Indg. tenues remained unshifted in the combination
s + tennis.

28 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

sp. Lat. spuere, Goth, speiwan, OE. OS. OHG. spiwan, to vomit;
Lat. con-spicio, / look at, OHG. spehon, to spy.

st. Lat. est, Gr. «<m, Goth. OS. OHG. 1st, is\ Gr. areixw, I go,
Lat. vestigium, footstep, Goth, steigan, OE. OS. OHG. stigan, to
ascend.

sk. Gr. o-Kid, shadow, Goth, skeinan, OE. OS. OHG. scinan, to
shine; Lat. piscis, Goth, flsks, OE. flsc, OS. OHG. flsk,/j/4.

sq. Gr. Ovo-oWos, sacrificing priest, OE. sceawian, OS. scauwon,
OHG. scouwon, to look, view.

2. The t also remained in the Indg. combinations pt, kt, qt.

pt>ft. Gr. icXcirnjs, Goth, hliftus, a thief; Lat. neptis, grand-
daughter, niece, OE. OHG. nift, niece.

kt>xt. Gr. OKTW, Lat. octo, Goth, ahtau, OE. eahta, OS. OHG.
ahto, eight ; Gr. 6-p«Kros, stretched out, Lat. rectus, Goth, rafhts,
OE. riht, OS. OHG. reht, right, straight.

qt>\t. gen. sing. Gr. WKTOS, Lat. noctis, nom. Goth, nahts, OE.
neaht, OS. OHG. naht, night.

§ 67. The Indg. mediae b, d, g, cj became the tenues
p, t, k, k (kw).

b>p. O. Bulgarian slabti, slack, weak, Goth, slepan, OE.
slaepan, OS. slapan, to sleep, originally io be slack; Lithua-
nian dubus, Goth, diups, OE. deop, OS. diop, deep.

d>t. Lat. decem, Gr. 8&a, Goth, taihun, OE. tien, OS.
tehan, ten ; Lat. duco, / lead, Goth, tiuhan, OE. teon,
OS. tiohan, to draw, lead', Lat. edere, Goth, itan, OE. OS.
etan, to eat; Lat. videre, to see, Goth. OE. OS. witan, to
know.

g>k. Lat. genu, Gr. yoVu, Goth, kniu, OE. cneo, OS.
OHG. kneo, knee; Lat. gusto, I taste, Gr. yeuu, 1 let taste,
Goth, kiusan, OE. ceosan, OS. OHG. kiosan, to test, choose;
Lat. ego, Gr. tyS, Goth. OS. ik, OE. ic, /.

g>k(kw). Lat. gelu, frost, Goth, kalds, OE. ceald,
OS. kald, OHG. kalt, cold; Lat. augere, Goth, aukan, OS.

GRAMMAR 29

okian, to add, increase', Lat. jugum, Gr. £uy<5p, Goth, juk,
OE.

Gr. PIOS from *g!wos, life, Lat. vivos from *gwiwos,
Goth, qius (gen. qiwis), OE. cwicu, OS. quik, OHG. quec,
quick, alive ; Gr. |3cuVco from *$avju, I go, Lat. venio from
*gwemjo, I come, Goth, qi.rn.an, OHG. queman, to come.

§ 68. The Indg. tenues aspiratae became voiceless spirants
in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with and underwent
all further changes in common with the voiceless spirants
which arose from the Indg. tenues (§ 66), the latter having
also passed through the intermediate stage of tenues aspiratae
before they became voiceless spirants. The tenues aspiratae
were, however, of so rare occurrence in the prim. Indg.
language, that they may be neglected in an elementary work
of this kind.

§ 69. The Indg. mediae aspiratae bh, dh, gh, gh probably
became first of all the voiced spirants E, a, §, g(w). For the
further development of these sounds during the prim. Germanic
period, see §§ 70, 71.

§ 70. tJ, a initially, and t>, 4, g medially after their corre-
sponding nasals, became the voiced explosives b, d, g: —

b. Goth, bafran, OE. OS. OHG. beran, to bear, Skr.
bharami, Gr. 4>e'pw, Lat. fero, / bear ; Goth, brojjar, OE.
brotSor, OS. brothar, OHG. bruoder, Skr. bhartar-, Lat.
frater, brother.

Goth. *kambs, OE. comb, OHG. camb, comb, Skr. jam-
bhas, tooth, Gr. Yop4°s> bolt, nail, prim, form *gombhos.

d. Goth, dags, OE. d®g, OS. dag, day, Skr. ni-daghds,
older *ni-dhaghas, hot season^ summer ; Indg. form *dhoghos;

3b OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

OE. dfid, OS. dad, deed, related to Gr. e^-aw, 7 shall place,
Skr. dhama, law, dwelling-place, root dhe-, put, place.

Goth. OE. OS. bindan, to bind, Skr. bandhanam, a binding,
root bhendh-.

g. Goth, aggwus, OS. OHG. engi, narrow, cp. Lat. ango,
Gr. ayx", I press tight, root angh- ; Goth, laggs, OE. long,
OS. OHG. lang, Lat. longus, long.

§ 71. tJ, d, g remained in other positions, and their further
development belongs to the history of the separate languages.
See § 85.

VEBNEB'S LAW

§ 72. After the completion of the first sound-shifting, and
while the principal accent was not yet confined to the root-
syllable, a uniform interchange took place between the
voiceless and voiced spirants, which may be thus stated : —

The medial or final spirants f, ]>, x, Xw> B regularly became
tJ, tt, g, gw, z when the vowel next preceding them did not,
according to the original Indg. system of accentuation, bear
the principal accent of the word.

The T5, d, g, gw, which thus arose from Indg. p, t, k, q,
underwent in the Germanic languages all further changes in
common with the ts, d, g, gw from Indg. bh, dh, gh, gh.

Verner's law manifests itself most clearly in the various
forms of strong verbs, where the infinitive, present participle,
present tense, and preterite'(properly perfect) singular had the
principal accent on the root-syllable, but the indie, pret. plural,
the pret. subj. (properly optative), and past participle had the
principal accent on the ending, as prim. Germanic *w6rbo >
OE. weortSe, I become— Skr. varta-mi, I turn', pret. *warba >
OE. weartS, I became = Skr. va-varta, I have turned', pret. pi.

GRAMMAR 31

*wurduini > OE. *wurdum (wurdon is the 3. pers. pi. used
for all persons), we became =Skr. va-vrtima; pp. wurdana
> OE. worden= Skr. va-vrtana- ; OS. birid= Skr. bharati,
he bears; 2. pers. sg. pres. indie, passive Goth. bairaza=
Skr. bharase. Or to take examples from noun-forms we have,
e.g. Skr. pitar-, Gr. irare'p- = prim. Germ. *fader-, Goth.
fadar, OE. feeder, OS. fader; Gr. 1-K.a.roy, Lat. centum =
prim. Germ. *xundom, Goth. OE. OS. hund, hundred.

The combinations sp, at, sk, ss, ft, fs, hs, and ht were
not subject to this law.

NOTE. — The primitive Germanic system of accentuation was like that
of Sanskrit, Greek, &c., i. e. the principal accent could fall on any
syllable; it was not until a later period of the primitive Germanic
language that the principal accent was confined to the root-syllable.

From what has been said above it follows that the inter-
changing pairs of consonants due to Verner's law are: f — t5,
b— ft, s— z, x— g, X^— gw.

f — 15. Goth, barf, I need, pi. baurbum; OHG. inf. heffen.
to raise, pret. pi. huobun, pp. gihaban.

\> — ft. OE. inf. weorban, to become, sniban, to cut, pret. pi.
wurdon, snidon, pp. worden, sniden.

s — z. Prim. Germ. *k6uso, I test, pret. i. pi. *kuzumi, pp.
*kuzana-, inf. OE. ceosan, OHG. kiosan, to choose^ pret. pi.
OE. ouron, OHG. kurun, pp. OE. coren, OHG. gikoran.

The West Germanic languages and Old Norse regularly
developed this z to r.

X — 5. Inf. OE. teon (from *teohan), OHG. ziohan, to
draw, pret. pi. OE. tugon, OHG. zugun, pp. OE. togen,
OHG. gizogan.

Xw — 5W- Prim. Germ. *s6xwan-, to see, pret. i. pi. *s»g-

32 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

wumi, pp. *sesjwand-, cp. OE. seon (from *seo(hw)an, pret.
pi. saegon, pp. sewen.

gw became § before u, in other cases it became w, as
Goth, magus, a boy, beside mawi from *ma(5)wi, a girl;
Goth, siuns, OE. seon (slon), OS. siun, from *se(g)wnis,
a seeing, face ; Goth, snaiws, OE. snaw (with -w from the
oblique cases), from *snai(g)was, prim, form *snoighos,
snow.

NOTE. — I. Causative verbs had originally suffix accentuation, and
therefore also exhibit the change of consonants given above. Examples
are : Goth, wairpan, to become — fra-wardjan, to destroy ; OE. lipan, to
go — leedan from *laidjan, to lead; OE. a-risan, to arise — reran from
*raizjan, to raise.

2. It is best to defer giving many examples of Verner's law in OHG.
until after the HG. sound-shifting has been treated. See § 87.

OTHER CONSONANT CHANGES
§ 73. Every labial -ft became ft, as Goth, skapjan, OE.
scieppan, OHG. skephen, to create, beside Goth, ga-skafts,
creation, OE. ge-sceaft, OHG. gi-scaft, creature', Goth, giban,
OHG. geban, to give, beside Goth, fra-gifts, a giving, OE.
OHG. gift, gift.

Every guttural + 1 became ht, as OE. OHG. magan, to be
able, beside pret. sing. Goth, mahta, OE. meahta, OHG.
mahta; Goth, waurkjan, OE. wyroan, OHG. wurken, to
work, beside pret. and pp. Goth, waurhta, waurhts, OE.
worhte, worht, OHG. worhta, gi-worht ; Goth, briggan,
OE. OHG. bringan, to bring, beside pret. and pp. Goth.
brahta, *brahts, OE. brohte, broht, OHG. brahta, braht.

Every dental + 1 became ss, s (st), as Goth. OE. witan, to
know, beside pret. Goth, wissa, OE. wisse, OHG. wissa
(wessa).

GRAMMAR 33

The sa became simplified to a after long syllables and
before r, and then between the s and r there was developed
a t, as Goth, haitan, OE. hatan, to call, command, beside
OE. haes from *haissi-, command; Goth. OE. witan, to know,
beside Goth, unweis, unknowing, OE. OHG. wis, wise;
Goth. gu)>-bl6streis, worshipper of God, OHG. bluoster,
sacrifice, cp. Goth, blotan, to worship ; OE. fostor, sustenance,
cp. Goth, fodjan, to feed.

Instead of ss (s) we often meet with st. In such cases the
at is due to the analogy of forms where t was quite regular,
e. g. regular forms were Goth, last, thou didst gather, inf.
lisan ; Goth, sloht, thou didst strike, inf. slahan ; OE. meaht,
OHG. maht, thou canst, inf. magan ; then after the analogy
of such forms were made 2. pers. sg. Goth, waist for
*wais, OE. wast for *was, OHG. weist for *weis ; regular
forms were pret. sg. Goth, waurhta, OE. worhte, OHG.
worhta, Goth. inf. waurkjan, to work; then after the
analogy of such forms were made OE. wiste, beside wisse,
OHG. westa, beside wissa (wessa).

§ 74. Guttural n (ij) disappeared before x> as Goth. OHG.
f&han, from *farjxanan, to seize, catch; OHG. pret. dahta,
beside denken, to think. See §§ 36, 37, 39.

§ 75. The consonants, which arose from the Indo-Ger-
manic explosives (t, d), were dropped in prim. Germanic, as
Goth, hra, what = Lat. quod ; Goth, bairai, OHG. bere,
from an original form *bh6roit, he may bear.

§ 76. Original final -m became -n in prim. Germanic.
This -n, as also final Indg. -n, disappeared in dissyllabic and
polysyllabic words. For examples see § 57.

f Voiceless p
Explosives < ,T . ,
\ Voiced b

/ Voiceless f
Spirants < ,, .
( Voiced b

>

&

34

§ 77- x became an aspirate (written h) initially before
vowels, and probably also medially between vowels.

§ 78. The remaining Indg. consonants suffered no further
material changes which need be mentioned here. Summing
up the results of §§ 65-73 we arrive at the following system
of consonants for the close of the prim. Germanic period :—

T . INTER- ^ ^. PALATAL AND

.LABIAL. DENTAL. ^

DENTAL. GUTTURAL.

t k

d g

s Y

,, . ,
( Voiced b <t z g

Nasals m n rj

Liquids 1, r

Semi-vowels w j (palatal)

To these must be added the aspirate h.

CHAPTER VII

SPECIAL WEST GERMANIC MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL
GERMANIC CONSONANT-SYSTEM. THE HIGH GERMAN
SOUND-SHIFTING, &c.

§ 79. Prim. Germanic z, which arose from B (§ 72), became
r medially, and was dropped finally, as OE. mara, OS. OHG.
mero, Goth, maiza, greater; OE. OS. herd, OHG. hort,
Goth, huzd, treasure; pp. OE. coren, OS. OHG. gikoran,
beside inf. OE. ceosan, OS. OHG. kiosan, to choose; OE.
dag, OS. dag, OHG. tag, Goth, dags, from *dagaz, day;
OE. OS. OHG. sunu, Goth, sunus, from *sunuz, son; OS.
OHG. gast, Goth, gasts, from "gastiz, guesi, stranger.

GRAMMAR 35

§ 80. In West Germanic all single consonants, except r,
were doubled after a short vowel before a following j. This
j was mostly retained in OS., but was generally dropped in OE.
and OHG., as OS. sellian, OE. sellan, OHG. sellen, Goth.
saljan, to give up ; OS. fremmian, OE. fremman, OHG.
fremmen, Goth. *framjan, O.Icel. fremja, to perform ; gen.
sg. OS. kunnies, OHG. kunnes, Goth, kunjis, of a race]
OHG. frauwa, frouwa, from *frawj6j-, woman (§ 90).

fcj, dj, and gj became bb, dd, and gg, as OS. sibbia,
Goth, sibja (t>), relationship] OS. biddian, OE. biddan,
Goth, bidjan (d"), to request, pray; OS. huggian, Goth,
hugjan (g), to think.

OS. skeppian, OE. scieppan, Goth, skapjan, to create;
OS. settian, OE. settan, Goth, satjan, to set; OS. rekkian,
OE. recc(e)an, to relate, Goth, uf-rakjan, to stretch forth.

For the OHG. treatment of West Germanic bb, dd, gg ;
pp, tt, and kk, see §§ 84, 85.

§ 81. p, t, and k were also doubled in West Germanic
before a following r, as OHG. kupfar, copper, from Lat.
cuprum; OS.OHG.snottar, OE. snottor, Goth, snutrs, wise;
OS. OHG.bittar, OE. bittor, O.Icel. bitr, bitter; OE. waec-
cer, OHG. wackar, O.Icel. vakr, watchful. These consonants
were also sometimes doubled before 1, as OE. aeppel, OHG.
aphul, O.Icel. epli, apple; OS. luttil, OHG. lutzil, little.

THE HIGH GEBMAN SOUND-SHIFTING

§ 82. The most striking feature in which High German
differs from the other West Germanic languages is the
general shifting which certain consonants underwent. This
process had its beginning before the period of the oldest

D 2

36 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

HG. monuments, and was practically completed by the end
of the eighth century. The prim. HG. language had the
following explosives and spirants : —

T INTER- ,>. GUT-

LABIAL. DENTAL.

DENTAL. TURAL.

r- j. i - f Voiceless p t k

Explosives {

(Voiced b d g

Spirant* ( Voiceless f P B X<h)

I Voiced U tt 5

NOTE. — b occurred initially, medially after m, and in the combina-
tion bb (§§ 70, 80). d occurred in all positions, g occurred medially
after q, as also in the combination gg, and probably also already
initially.

§ 83. The only consonants, which were shifted throughout
the whole of the HG. dialects, were the voiceless explosives
p, t, k. The shifting of the voiced spirants and explosives
did not extend over all the HG. dialects. The shifting of
J> to d through the intermediate stage a took place in historic
times; beginning first in Upper German about 750 A.D., it
had gradually extended over all the HG. dialects by the end
of the eleventh century.

§ 84. The voiceless explosives p, t, k underwent a twofold
treatment according to their position in the word: (i) me-
dially or finally after vowels; (2) initially, as also medially
after consonants (l, r, m, n) and when doubled.

i. Prim. HG. single p, t, k were shifted in OHG. to the
voiceless double spirants ff, 33 (see § 7 under z), hh (also
written oh, h).

p>S. OE. slsepaii, OHG. sl&ffan, to sleep ; OE. open,
OHG. offan, open ; OE. scip, OHG. akif, ship.

GRAMMAR 37

t>j}z- OE. hfttan, OHG. heiz^an, to call; OE. etan,
OHG. egzan, to eat; OE. hwaet, OHG. hwaz,, what?

k>hh. OE. tficen, OHG. zeihhan, sign, token; OE.
macian, OHG. mahhon, to make; Goth. OS. ik, OE. ic,
OHG. ih, I.

The double consonants were simplified according to
§§ 11, 89.

NOTE.— p, t, k remained unshifted in the combinations sp, st, sk, as
also t in the combinations tr, ht, ft. Cp. § 66, notes.

2. p, t, k, initially, as also medially after consonants
(1, r, m, n) and when doubled, became shifted to the affri-
catae.

pf(ph), tz (generally written zz and z), and kh(ch), see
§ 9. Here a distinction must be made between the various
dialects.

p became pf in Upper German and East Franconian, but
remained unshifted in Rhenish Franconian, except after
1 and r.

t became z in all HG. dialects.

k became kh (ch) in Upper German only, in the other
dialects it remained unshifted.

p>pf. OS. plegan, UG. and E.Fr. pflegan, beside R.Fr.
plegan, to care for ; OE. helpan, UG. E.Fr. R.Fr. helphan,
to help ; OE. Jx>rp, UG. E.Fr. R.Fr. thorph, village ; Goth,
skapjan, OE. scieppan, UG. E.Fr. skephen (skepphen),
beside R.Fr. skeppen, to create.

NOTE. — pf became f after 1 and r during the ninth century, as helfan,
to help ; werfan, to throw.

t>z. OE. tien, OHG. zehan, ten; OE. heorte, OHG.

38 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

herza; Goth, satjan, OE. settan, OHG. setzen (sezzen), to
set; OS. sittian, OE. sittan, OHG. sitzen, to sit,

k>kh. OE. corn, UG. khorn (chorn), beside Franconian
korn, corn; OE. weorc, UG. werch, beside Franconian
werk, work; OS. weckian, OE. weccan, UG. wechan
(wecchan), beside Franconian wecken, to awake.

§ 85. The voiced explosives and voiced spirants did not
undergo the same universal shifting as the voiceless explo-
sives. The following are the chief points to be noticed here
concerning these consonants : —

1. Upper Franconian retained b, bb, whereas Upper
German shifted them to p, pp, as U.Fr. beran, to bear, sibba,
peace, beside UG. peran, sippa.

Upper Franconian and Alemanic shifted Is to b, whereas in
Bavarian it appears as p, e.g. U.Fr. and Alemanic sibun,
Goth, sibun (read sibun), seven; ubil, Goth, ubils (read
ubils), evil, but Bavarian sipiin, upil.

2. All HG. dialects shifted dd to tt, as Goth, bidjan, OE.
biddan, OHG. bitten, to request; Goth, midjis, OE. midd.
OHG. mitti, middle*

Upper German and East Franconian shifted single d to t,
whereas Rhenish Franconian retained d initially, but fre-
quently shifted it to t in other positions, thus OE. dohtor,
daughter, bindan, to bind, beodan, to offer, appear in UG.
and E.Fr. as tohter, bintan, biotan, and in R.Fr. as dohter,
bindan, biodan, beside bintan, biotan.

3. gg remained in Franconian, but was shifted to kk in
Upper German, as OS. liggian, Franconian liggen, to lie
down ; OS. hruggi, Franconian ruggi, back, beside UG.
likken, rucki.

GRAMMAR 39

Single g remained in Franconian, but in UG. it was mostly
shifted to k (also written c before guttural vowels and finally),
initially and finally, thus Franconian gast, guest, tag, day,
appear in UG. as kast, tac.

g became g in Franconian and generally also in UG., in
the latter dialects rarely k, thus Goth, steigan (read steigan),
to ascend; augo (read augd), eye, appear in Franconian and
UG. as stlgan, ouga, more rarely in UG. stican, ouca.

§ 86. The table below gives a summary of the HG. sound-
shifting. The shifted sounds are printed in italics.

t k

t

t

rnm. Germ.

P

Goth.

P

OE.

P

R. Franc.

P (Pf} ff

E. Franc.

Pf ff

U. German

.Pf ff

Prim. Germ.

t>

Goth.

b,t>(f)

OE.

D. D (l)

R. Franc.

b o

E. Franc.

b b

UG.

p(b) bp

d, & g, g

*(>) s

t s

NOTE. — The East Franconian consonants are usually taken as the
normal in this book, because they mostly agree with those of Middle
and New High German. In the paradigms d has been substituted for
Franconian th.

§ 87. Few OHG. forms were given in the paragraph relat-
ing to Verner's law (§ 72) in order that they might be left
until after the discussion of the HG. sound-shifting. From

40 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

what has been said in §§ 82-85 it will be seen that the
interchanging pairs of consonants in OHG. are : —

f— b (UG. also p) ; d (older th, dh)— t ;

h (=prim. Germ, x) — g (UG. also k, c);

h (=prim. Germ, xw) — w (prim. Germ, gw);

h (prim. Germ. r>x) — nS>

B — r.

f — b. heffen, Goth. hafSan, to raise, pret. pi. huobun, pp.
gihaban ; urhab, reason.

d — t. lidan, to go, pret. pi. litnin, pp. gilitan, causative
verb leiten, to lead, from *laidjan; sind, way, sindon, to
travel, beside senten, to send=-Go\h. sandjan.

h — g. ziohan, to draw, pret. pi. zugun, pp. gizogan ;
zehan, ten, beside -zug, decade.

h — w. lihan, Goth, leihran, to lend, pret. pi. liwun, pp.
giliwan, from *-li(g)wanas ; aha, Goth, ahra, Lat. aqua,
water, beside ouwa from *a(g)wjo, marshy land.

h — ng. fahan (§ 36), to seize, pret. pi. fiangun, pp.
glfangan.

s — r. kiosan, to choose, beside pret. pi. kurun, pp. gikoran ;
ginesan, to be saved, pret. pi. ginarun, pp. gineran, beside
the causative verb nerien from *nazyan.

NOTE. — In OHG., and still more in MHG., this law was frequently
disturbed through the effect of analogy and levelling, thus e. g. farlihan
beside farliwan with h from the present forms and the pret. sg., so
also in fluhun, gifiohan, pret. pi. and pp. of fliohan, to flee ; gisehan
beside regular gisSwan, pp. of s§han, to see ; slab an, to slay, pret.
sg. sluog, beside the rare regular form sluoh, with g from the pret. pi.,
and in like manner huob instead of huof, with b from the pret. pi., inf.
heffen, to raise ; Tatian and Otfrid wSrban instead of wfirfan, to turn,
with b from the forms where b was regular (§ 72) ; &c.

GRAMMAR 41

CHAPTER VIII
THE OHG. CONSONANTS IN GENERAL.

§ 88. Here will be given chiefly such remarks only as are
of importance for OHG. inflexions.

SIMPLIFICATION OF DOUBLE CONSONANTS

§ 89. OHG. double consonants were simplified in the
following cases : —

1. When they became final, as 181, hide, gen. felles; far,
lull, pi. farri ; uninflected form grim, fierce, inflected form
grimmer ; swimman, to swim, pret. sg. swam ; rinnan, to
run, pret. sg. ran; nom. sg. man, man, gen. mannes; e^an,
to eat, beside pret. sg. a^ ; nom. sg. kus, kiss, gen. kusses ;
sprehhan, sprechan, to speak, pret. sg. sprah ; &c.

2. Before other consonants, as kunnan, to know, pret. sg.
konda; kussen, to kiss, pret. sg. kusta; brennen, to burn,
pret. sg. branta ; &c.

3. Frequently medially after long vowels, as slafan beside
slaffan, to sleep; la^an beside la^zjan, to let, leave', lutar
beside luttar, pure ; &c.

The Semi- vowels.

W

§ 90. On the representation of this sound in OHG.
manuscripts, see § 7, under u and w.

Single w became vocalized to o if it came to stand at the

42 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

end of a word or syllable. This o was then mostly dropped
after long vowels, as seo, se, sea, gen. sewes ; kneo, knio*
knee, gen. knewes ; garwen, to prepare, pret. garota, beside
the longer form gar (a)wita; treso, //vmwr^gen.tresewes; &c.

Final -aw > ao > 6, as uninflected form rao, ro, raw, beside
inflected form rawer, gen. rawes.

ww was treated differently according as it was general
Germanic ww (= Gothic ggw) or West Germanic ww from
wj (§ 80).

1. General Germanic aww > auw > ouw which became
ou when final, as OHG. inflected form glauwer, glouwer,
exact, clear, uninflected form glau, glou, beside Gothic
adv. glaggwo, exactly ; hauwan, houwan, to hew = Gothic
*haggwan.

General Germanic eww > iuw which became iu when
final, as bliu wan = Goth, bliggwan, to strike; triuwi =
Goth, triggws, true, faithful; iu, dat. pi. to vc,ye ; spriu, chaff,
nom. pi. spriuwir.

2. West Germanic ww from wj. In this case aww > auw
>ouw, as frauwa, frouwa, woman, from *frawjo- ; frouwen,
to rejoice, from *frawjan, beside pret. sg. frewita (§41) from
*frawita. The inf. form frewen was a new formation,
made after the analogy of the pret. and the pres. 2. 3. sg.
frewis, frewit; conversely the pret. form frouwita was
made after the analogy of the inf. and i. sg. pres. and the
pres. pi.

iww (from original ewj) became iuw, as siuwen from
*sewjan, to sew, cp. OE. seowian, Goth, siujan ; niuwi
from *newja-, cp. Goth, niujis.

GRAMMAR 43

j

§ 91. On the representation of this sound in OHG.
manuscripts, see § 7, under g, j.

j seems to have bee cine a spirant (written g) before e, i,
and after r (sometimes written ig), as gener beside jener, that,
yon ; inf. gehan, to confess, pres. sg. gihu, gihis, gihit, beside
pret. sg. iah, pi. iahun ; nergen, nerigen, beside nerien, to
save; herige beside herie, dat. sg. of heri, army, cp. Goth,
harja.

j, when absolutely final, became vocalic i, as nom. sg.
heri, army, cp. Goth, haijis. ja (ja) became e in final
syllables, as nom. pi. sunte, sins, from *suntga-; kennen, to
know, from *kannjan.

Liquids and Nasals.

§ 92. The West Germanic liquids and nasals underwent
no material changes in OHG., except that final -m, when an
element of inflexion, became -n in the course of the ninth
century, as tagun, older tagum, dat. pi. of tag, day ; haben,
older habem, i. sg. pres. of haben, to have; &c.

Labials.

§ 93. For the fate of Germanic p, b (ts) in OHG. see
§§ 84-86. From what has been said there and in §§ 66, 89, 3,
it will be seen that OHG. f is of twofold origin, i.e. it equals
Germanic f or Germanic p. On the representation and pro-
nunciation of these two f s in OHG., see § 7, under f.

44 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Gutturals.

§ 94. The OHG. shiftings of Germanic k and g (§) have
been given in §§ 84-85. The Germanic combination kw was
represented in Franconian by qu, and in Upper German by
chu, as queman, chueman, to come=zGc>\h. kwiman (written
qiman). Germanic h was dropped in OHG. in the initial
combinations hi, hn, hr, hw, in the course of the ninth
century. In other cases Germanic h, hw ( = prim. Germ.
X, xw) nad a twofold development according to their position
in the word. Initial h before vowels and medial h, hw,
between vowels became the aspirate h (on h from x> see
§ 77), as haben, to have] sehan (=Goth. saihran, read
sexwan), to see; in other positions they remained spirants,
and thus had the same sound-value as the HG. h which arose
from Germanic k; cp., on the one hand, naht, night =Got\i.
nahts; sah, / saw=Goih. sahr : and, on the other hand,
OHG. ih, /=OE. ic, Goth, ik; sioh,«^=OE. seoc,Goth.
siuks; sprah, I spoke =Q1L. spraec.

Dentals.

§ 95. For the OHG. development of Germanic &, d, t see
§§ 84-86. Germanic )> became d through the intermediate
stage d in the course of the OHG. period (§ 83). The Upper
German dialects had changed b to d in all positions by the
beginning of the ninth century. Tatian and Otfrid wrote th
initially, but d medially, thus UG. der, but UFr. ther, the ;
UG. and UFr. erda, earth ; UFr. quad, UG. chuad, quoth.

GRAMMAR 45

A CCIDENCE

CHAPTER IX

DECLENSION OF NOUNS

§ 96. OHG. nouns have two numbers, singular and plural ;
three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter, as in OE.,
from which the gender of nouns in OHG. does not materially
differ; five cases, Nominative, Accusative, Genitive, Dative,
and Instrumental. The Instr. case does not occur in all
declensions. The Voc. is like the Nom. OHG. nouns are
divided into two great divisions, according as the stem
originally ended in a vowel or a consonant. Nouns whose
stems originally ended in a vowel belong to the vocalic or
so-called strong declension. Those whose stems originally
ended in -n belong to the weak declension. All other
consonantal stems will be put together under the general
heading, ' Minor Declensions.'

A. THE VOCALIC OB STRONG DECLENSION

L The a-declension.

§ 97. The a-declension comprises masc. and neut. nouns
only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek o-declension
(Gr. masc. -05, neut. -w, Lat. -us, -um), for which reason it is
sometimes called the o-declension. The a-declension is
divided into pure a-stems, ja-stems, and wa-stems.

a. Pure a-stems.

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Sing. Nom. Ace. tag, day wort, word

Gen. tages (-as) wortes (-as)

Dat. tage (-a) worte (-a)

Instr. tagu (-o) wortu (-o)

46 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Plur. Nom. Ace. taga, -a wort

Gen. tago worto

Dat.tagunij-om; wortum, -om ;

-un, -on -un, -on.

NOTE. — The endings -as, -a of the gen. and dat. sg. do not occur
frequently until after the end of the ninth century. The nom. pi. form
taga is still unexplained ; it is, however, questionable whether the form
taga did really exist in OHG. -un, -on are the usual dat. pi. endings
of the ninth century (§ 92).

§ 98. Like tag are declined most OHG. masculine nouns,
e.g. berg, mountain, weg, way, geist, spirit, him.il, heaven,
tiufal, devil, kuning, king, &c.

§ 99. Dissyllabic nouns ending in -al, -ar, -an with long
stems sometimes drop the a before a vocalic ending, as nom.
ackar, acre, field, gen. ackres, &c. See § 59.

§ 1OO. Proper names of this declension take the pronominal
ending -an in the ace., as also truhtin, God, Lord, e.g.
nom. Petrus, acc.Petrusan ; ace. truhtlnan.

§ 101. Like wort are declined barn, child, aer,pain, swert,
sword, honag, honey, zwifal (cp. § 59), doubt, &c. ; here
belong also the diminutives in -in and -Un, as magatin, little
maid, fingarlin, little finger, except that the Upper German
dialects retain the -n in the gen. and dat. only, and that the
nom., ace. pi. end in -iu in Alemanic.

§ 102. b. ja-stems.

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Sing. Nom. Ace. hirti, herdsman kunni, race
Gen. hirtes kunnes

Dat. (hirtie) ; hirte (kunnie); kunne
Instr. hirtiu; hirtu, -o kunniu; kunnu, -o.

GRAMMAR 47

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Plur. Nom. Ace. hirte; hirta, -a kunni

Gen. hirteo, -io ; hirto kunneo, -io ; kunno
Dat. hirtum, -un, -on kunnum, -un, -on
hirtim, -in kunnim, -in.

NOTE. — The forms in spaced type are the usual ones of the ninth
century. The neuter nouns of this declension frequently end in -iu or
-u in the nom., ace. pi. in Tatian.

§ 103. Like hirti are declined the nomina agentis ending
in -ari (-ari, -eri), as wahtari (wahtari, wahteri), watchman,
lerari, teacher, scrlbari, writer, scribe; as also karkari, prison,
altari, altar, and a few others, rucki, back, phuzzi, puzzi,
well, kasi, cheese.

§ 104. Like kunni are declined very many neuters, as enti,
end, richi, kingdom, betti, bed, gizungi, language, finstarnessi,
darkness, heri, army, gen. heries, dat. sg. herie, herige.

C. wa-stems.

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Sing. Nom. Ace. sneo, sne, snow kneo, knee

Gen. snewes knewes

Dat. snewe knewe

Plur. Nom. Ace. snewa, -a kneo

Gen. snewo knewo

Dat. snewum, -un, -on knewum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — On the forms of the nom. sg. see § 90. When the w is
preceded by a consonant an a (sometimes o, e) is developed in the
oblique cases, thus nom. neut. treso, treasure, gen. tresawes ; nom.
masc. scato, shadow, gen. scatawes, see § 68.

48 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

§ 105. To this declension belong the masculines leo, grave,
seo, sea, bu (gen. buwes), dwelling, and the neuters reo,
corpse, zeso, right side, smero, grease.

2. The o-declension.

§ 106. The 6-declension contains feminine nouns only, and
corresponds to the Latin and Greek ft-declension, for which
reason it is sometimes called the a-declension. The we-
sterns are declined exactly like the pure 6-stems. The jo-
stems have also the same inflections as the pure 6-stems after
the middle of the ninth century.

§ 107. a. Pure o-stems.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. geba, gift geba

Gen. geba, -u, -o gebono

Dat. gebu, -o gebom, -on, -on.

§ 108. Like geba are declined a large number of nouns,
as erda, earth, era, honour, zala, number, triuwa, fidelity,
corunga, temptation, hertida, hardness, miltida, compassion,
gi-nada, favour, losunga, deliverance, stunta, time, &c.

§ 109. b. jo-stems.

SING.

N. sunte, sin; suntea, -ia; sunta kuningin, queen

A. „ „ „ kunlnglnna; -in

G. „ „ „ kuninginna

D. BUJitiu suntu kuninginnu

GRAMMAR 49

PLUR.

N.A. sunte; euntea, -ia; aunt a kuninginna

G. sunteono ; suntono kuninginnono

D. sunteom; suntom, kuninginnom,

-on -on.

NOTE. — The forms in spaced type are the ordinary ones of the ninth
century and do not differ from those of geba.

§ 110. Like sunta are declined hella, hell, sibba, sippa,
peace, minna, love, krippa, manger, &c.

§ 111. Like kuningin are declined forasagin, prophetess,
friuntin, friend, burdin, burden, &c.

c. Feminine Abstract Nouns in -i.

§ 112. This declension comprises two classes of stems
which were originally different, but which have entirely fallen
together in their inflection in OHG. — (i) adjectival abstract
nouns the stems of which originally ended in -in, nom. -i ;
(2) verbal abstract nouns with stems ending in -ini. Cp., on
the one hand, Gothic mikilei, greatness, formed from mikils,
great, diupei, depth, from diups, deep, gen. mikileins, diupeins
(weak declension) ; and, on the other hand, daupeins,
a dipping, formed from daupjan, to dip, naseins, a rescuing,
from nasjan, to rescue, gen. daupeinais, naseinais (i-
declension).

Sing. Nom. Ace. Gen. Dat. hohl (hohin), height.
Plur. Nom. Ace. hohl (hohin)

Gen. hohino

Dat. hohlm, -in.

§ 113. Like hohi are declined sconi, beauty, suosj^i, sweet-
ness, snelli, quickness, tiufi, depth, menigl, managi, multitude,

50 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

irstantanl, resurrection, toufi, a dipping, well, choice, leiti,
a leading, &c.

3. The i-doclension.

§ 114 The OHG. i-declension contains masculine and
feminine nouns only. The -i was dropped regularly in the
nom. and ace. sg. of nouns with long stems, after the
analogy of which it was also dropped for the most part in
those with short stems. See § 57. Cp. the corresponding

distinction in OE.

a. Masculines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. gast, guest gesti

Gen. gastes gesteo, -io ; gesto

Dat. gaste gestim, -in; -en
Instr. gastiu, gestiu ; gastu.

NOTE. — On the consonantal combinations which prevent umlaut from
taking place where it might be expected, see § 43.

§ 115. Like gast are declined liut, people, wunn, worm,
aphul, apple, slag, blow, scrit, step. — wini, friend, quiti,
saying, and a few others retain the -i in the nom., ace.
sg.; but follow gast in the other cases. Many u- and con-
sonant stems have passed over into this declension : original
u-stems were skilt, shield, wirt, master of the house, heit,
manner, sun, son ; consonant stems, fuos}, foot, zan, zand,
tooth, nagal, nail.

b. Feminines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. toast, favour ensti

Gen. ensti ensteo, io ; ensto

Dat. ensti enstim, -in ; -en.

GRAMMAR 51

NOTE. — On the consonantal combinations which prevent umlaut,
see § 43.

§ 110. Like anst are declined stat, place, jugund, youth,
fart, journey, gift, gift, giburt, birth, &c. kuri, choice, and
turi, door, retain the i in the nom., ace. sg., but follow anst in
the other cases. Like anst are also declined the old u-stems
fluot, flood, lust, desire, and the consonant stems gans, goose,
miluh, milk, magad, -virgin, and a few others.

4. The u-declension.

§ 117. The u-declension no longer existed in OHG. as an
independent declension ; the nouns originally belonging to
it having been for the most part transferred to the i-de-
clension and also a few to the a-declension. Below will be
found a summary of the more frequent traces of this
declension still existing in OHG.

a. Masculines.

§ 118. Situ, custom, fridu, peace, hugu, understanding, sigu,
victory, witu, wood, sunu (beside sun) retained their u in
the nom., ace. sg. (§ 57, 2) ; in the other cases they followed
the i-declension.

b. Neuter.

§ 119. Fihu, cattle, retained the u in the nom., ace. sg.
(§ 57, 2), in the gen. and dat. sg. it had the same endings as
wort, word.

c. Feminine.

§ 120. Hant was declined like anst, except that in the dat.
pi. it retained the old u-endings hantum, -un, -on ; cp.
.NHG. abhanden, vorhanden.

E 2

52 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

B. WEAK DECLENSION (N-STEMS)
§ 121. The weak declension contains all three genders.

a. Masculines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. hano, cock hanon, hanun

Ace. hanon, hanun hanon, hanun

Gen. hanen, hanin hanono

D^t. hanen, hanin hanom, -on.

b. Neuters.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. herza, heart herzun, -on

Gen. herzen, herzin herzono

Dat. herzen, herzin herzom, -on.

c. Feminines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. zunga, tongue zungun

Ace. zungun zungun

Gen. zungun zungono

Dat. zungun zungom, -on.

§ 122. Like hano are declined herro, hero, master,
wahsmo, fruit, ohso, ox, sterno, star, gomo, man, namo,
name, willo, will, forasago, prophet, &c.

§ 123. Like herza are declined ouga, eye, ora, ear, wanga,
cheek.

§ 124. Like zunga are declined quena, woman, diorna,
maiden, sunna, sun, &c.

GRAMMAR 53

C. MINOB DECLENSIONS
1. Monosyllabic Consonant Stems.

§ 125. a. Masculines,

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. man, man man

Gen. mannes manno

Dat. man, manne mannum, -un ; -om, -on.

NOTE. — eoman, ioman, some one, neoman, nioman, no one, have
the pronominal ending -an in the ace., thus eomannan, neomannan.

zan, zand, tooth, and fuoq, foot, have passed over into the i-declen-
sion, the latter, however, retained the consonantal endings -um, -un, -on
in the dat. plural.

§ 126. No traces of neuters of this class now remain, unless
there be such a trace in the dat. sg. bus, to a house, beside
huse.

b. Feminines.

§ 127. The nouns originally belonging here have also
mostly passed over into the i-declension.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. naht, night naht

Gen. naht nahto

Dat. naht nahtum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — buoch, book, was mostly neut. in the sg.,as gen. buoch.es, dat.
buoohe ; in the pi. it was fern, and declined like naht.

burg, borough, city, and brust, breast, were sometimes declined like
naht, and sometimes like anst.

2. Stems in -r.

§ 128. To this class belonged : fater, father, bruoder,
brother, muoter, mother, tohter, daughter, and sweeter,
sister.

54 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

§ 120. SING. PLUR.

Norn. Ace. fater faterS, -a

Gen. fater; fateres fatero

Dat. fater; fatere faterum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — fateres, fatere and the pi. forms have been made after the
analogy of the a-stems.

§ 130. Sing. Nom. Ace. Gen. Dat. muoter
Plur. Nom. Ace. muoter
Gen. muotero
Dat. muoterum, -un, -on.

§ 131. Like muoter were also declined bruoder, tohter,

and sweater.

3. Stems in -nt.

§ 132. To this class belonged present participles used as

nouns (for the inflection of the participles themselves, see
§ 147).

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. friunt, friend friunt ; friunta, -a

Gen. friuntes friunto

Dat. friunte friuntum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — Here belonged originally a large number of nouns, as f iant,
rnemy, •wigant, warrior, &c., all of which have passed into the
a-declension.

4. Stems in -os, -es.

§ 133. This class corresponded to the Greek neuters in -05,
Latin -us, gen. -eris.

GRAMMAR 55

§ 134. SING. PLUR.

Norn. Ace. lamb, lamb lembir

Gen. lambes lembiro

Dat. lambe lembirum, -om ;
Instr. lambu, -o. -un, -on.

§ 135. Like lamb were declined kalb, calf, blat, leaf, grab,
grave, and a few others.

CHAPTER X
DECLENSION OP ADJECTIVES

§ 136. Adjectives are declined as strong or weak. They
have three genders, and the same cases as nouns. The end-
ings of the strong declension are partly nominal and partly
pronominal (the latter are given in italics). The nominal
endings are those of the a- and 6-declension. The strong
declension is divided into pure a-, 6-stems, ja-, jo-stems, and
wa-, wo-stems, like the corresponding nouns.

A. STBONO DECLENSION
1. Pure a-, 6-stems.

§ 137. Masc. Neut. Fern.

Sing. Nom. bllnt/r, blind blintaz blintz'#

Ace. blintatf blintaz blinta

Gen. blintes blintes blintmz

Dat. blinte/»#, -emo "blintemu, -emo "blinteru, -ero

Instr. blintu, -o blintu, -o

Plur. Nom. blinte blint/# blintu

Ace. blinte blint/'w blinto

•Gen. hUntero blintero blintero

Dat. blint^w, -en blint/w, -en "blintem, -en.

56 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

NOTE. — I. The nom. case sg. and pi., all genders, has often an un-
inflected form, so also the ace. sg. neut., as blint. This remark applies
to all adjectives of the strong declension. See § 210.

2. The nom. sg. fern, and the nom., ace. pi. neut. frequently end in
-u (blintu) in Upper Franconian.

3. Adjectives ending in -al, -ar, -an with long stems sometimes drop
the a before a vocalic ending, as bittar, bitter, gen. bittres. See § 59.

§ 138. Like blint are declined all adjectives whose un-
inflected form ends in a consonant, as guot, good, alt,
old, jung, young, guldin, golden, mahtig, mighty, erdlih.
earthly, &c.

2. ja-, jo-stems.

§ 139. The ja-, jo-stems differ from the pure a-, 6-stems
in the uninflected form only, which regularly ends in -i.

§ 140. SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom. sconifr, beautiful sooncz scon/w

Ace. sconaw sconaz scona

»

&c. &c. &c.

§ 141. Like sconi are declined all adjectives whose un-
inflected form ends in -i, also all present participles ; as festi,
fast, marl, renowned, tiuri, dear, biderbi, useful^ beranti,
bearing, &c.

3. wa-, wo-stems.

§ 142. This class differs from the pure a-, 6-class in the
uninflected form only. Those adjectives whose uninflected
form ends in -o preceded by a consonant usually develop
an a (seldom e, o) between the consonant and the w in the
inflected forms. See § 63. %

GRAMMAR

57

§143.

Nom.
Nom.

SING.

Masc.

( gar(a)w/r, ready
\ garw/r
f&wer, little

&c.

Neut. Fern.

( gar(a)wa$ ( garaw/

I garwa$ ( garwm

fawaj t&wi'u

&c. &c.

§ 144. To this class belong garo, ready ; gelo, yellow ;
zeso, right, dexter; fao, f6, little; sleo, sle, </«//; frao, fro,
glad, joyful; rao, ro, raw. See § 90.

B. WEAK DECLENSION

§ 145. The weak declension of adjectives agrees exactly
with that of the nouns.

SING.

Neut. Fern.

blinta blinta

blinta blintun

blinten, -in blintun.

PLUR.

blintun, -on blintun
blintono blintono

Masc.

Nom. blinto
Ace. blinton, -un
Gen. Dat. blinten, -in

Nom. Ace. blinton, -un
Gen. blintono
Dat. blintom, -on

blintom, -on blintom, -on.

§ 146. In the same manner are declined the weak forms
of the ja-, jo- and wa-, wo-stems, thus : —

Nom.

Afasc.

SING.
Neut.

Fern.

{ scono
1 gar(a)wo
&c.

I scona
( gar(a)wa
&c.

( scona
\ gar(a)wa
&c.

58 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

C. DECLENSION OF PARTICIPLES
§ 147. The present participle has both the strong and
the weak declension. In the former case it is declined like
a ja-, jo-stem, and in the latter case like blinto. Thus un-
inflected form nemanti, taking, salbonti, anointing, habenti,
having.

Strong.

SING.
Masc. Neut. Fern.

( nemant^r nemantaz nemantzw

Nom. \ ., _ ., _ , .

( salbonter salbonta Balbontm

&c. &c. &c.

Weak.

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

( nemanto nemanta nemanta

I salbonto salbonta salbonta

•fee. &c. &c.

§ 148. The past participle, like the present, has both the

strong and the weak declension. The uninflected form of

strong verbs ends in -an, as ginoman, taken, giritan, ridden ;

that of the weak verbs ends in -t, as gihabet, had, gisalbot,

anointed.

Strong.

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

( ginoman/r ginomanflj ginoman;//

I gihabetfr gihabetaz gihabet/w

&c. &c. &c.

NOTE. — In Franconian monuments the suffix -an occasionally appears
as -on, en, or -in in the inflected forms.

GRAMMAR 59

Weak.

SING.

Masc.

Neut.

Fern.

\ ginomano

ginornana

ginomana

1 gihabeto

gihabeta

gihabeta

&c.

&c.

&c.

Norn.

D. THE COMPABISOIT OF ADJECTIVES

1. The Comparative Degree.

§ 149. The comparative is formed by means of the two
suffixes -ir- (= Gothic -iz-) and -or- (= Gothic -6z-), to which
are then added the endings of weak adjectives. Polysyllabic
adjectives formed with derivative suffixes and compound
adjectives take the suffix -or- ; ja-, jo-stems the suffix -ir- ;
uncompounded pure a-, 6-stems sometimes take the one,
sometimes the other suffix, thus : —

POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE.

salig, blessed saligoro

tiurlih, dear tiurlihhoro

engi, narrow engiro

suozi, sweet suo^iro

lang, long lengiro

( hohiro
hoh, high \ , _, .

( hohoro.

NOTE. — The ending -iro is sometimes weakened to -ero in Franconian
monuments. Beside jungiro, the ordinary comp. of Jung, young
appear jungoro and jugiro ; with the latter form cp. Gothic positive
juggs — *jungs, comparative juhiza.

2. The Superlative.

§ 150. The Superlative is formed by means of the two
suffixes -1st- (= Gothic -1st-) and -ost- ( = Gothic -ost-), to

60 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

which are then added the endings of weak adjectives. Ad-
jectives which have -iro in the comparative have -isto in the
superlative, and those which have -oro in the comp. have
-osto in the superlative, thus saligosto, tiurlihhosto, engisto.
suogisto, lengisto, hohisto, hohosto.

3. Irregular Comparison.

§ 151. The following adjectives form their comparatives
and superlatives from a different root than the positive : —
guot, good comp. be^ziro superl. bez^iato

ubil, bad „ wirsiro „ wirsisto

mihhil, great „ mero „ meisto

luzzil, little „ minniro „ minnisto.

NOTE. — I. Beside the regular form mero ( = Gothic m&iza) occur in
Alemanic the forms meriro, meroro, which are double comparatives
like Mod. Eng. nearer.

2. lei^isto, last, is defective.

§ 152. In a few cases the comparative and superlative are
formed from an adverb or preposition, as in Latin.

Pos. COMP. SUPERL.

f aftrosto
after, after aftro, aftaro. -ero < afterosto

v aftristo

er, formerly eriro eristo

fora, furi, before furiro furiato

furdir, forwards / ° ro fordarosto

( fordaro, -oro

hintar, behind

hintaro

hintarosto

inne, within

innaro

innarosto

oba, above

obaro, oboro

obarosto

untar, down

untaro

untarosto

uz, uzar, outside

uzaro

u^arosto.

GRAMMAR 6 1

NOTE. — Beside the regnlar forms obaro, &c., the Alemanic dialect
frequently has forms with doable comparative endings, as obaroro, &c.,
cp. meriro, meroro.

APPENDIX

POEMATION OP ADVEBBS PHOM ADJECTIVES

§ 153. i. By simply adding -o to the uninflected form of
the adjective when it ends in a consonant, thus : —
adj. mahtig, mighty adv. mahtlgo

,, ubil, bad „ ubilo

„ tiurllh, dear ,, tiurliho.

2. Adjectives ending in -i (ja-, jo-stems) drop the -i before
the adverbial ending -o ; and those containing a mutated stem
vowel do not have it in the adverbs, thus : —

adj. seoni, beautiful adv. scono

„ tiuri, dear ,, tiuro

„ festi,y#.y/ „ fasto

„ semfti, soft ,, sarufto.

COMPAKISON OP ADVEBBS

§ 154. The comparative degree of adverbs ends in -or
(never -ir) ; the superlative mostly ends in -ost, but some-
times also in -1st, thus : —

Adj. lang, long ; adv. comp. langor superl. langost
„ festi, yfo/ ; „ „ faster „ fastest

,, jung, young „ jungist.

62

§ 155. The following are irregular : —
wola, well comp. ba$ superl. bezzist

„ wirs, worse „ wirsist

,, mer, more „ meist

„ min, less ,, minnist.

NOTE. — Beside mer, meist occur the weak neuter adj. forms mera.
meista as adverbs.

NUMEBALB

1. Cardinal and Ordinal.

CARDINAL.
ein, one
zwei, two
dii, three
feor, fior,/0#r
fimf, finf, five
sehs, six
sibun, seven
ahto, eight
niun, nine
zehan, zehen, ten
einlif, eleven
zwelif, twelve
drizehan, thirteen
fiorzehan, fourteen
finfzehan, fifteen
sehszehan, sixteen
*sibunzehan, seventeen
ahtozehan, eighteen
niunzehan, nineteen
zweinzug, twenty

ORDINAL.
eristo, furiato
ander
dritto

feordo, fiordo
fimfto, finfto
sehsto
Bibunto
ahtodo
niunto
zehanto
einlifto
zwelifto
drittozehanto
fiorclozehanto
fmftazohanto
sehstazehanto
sibuntozehanto
ahtodazehanto
niuntazehanto
zweinzugosto

GRAMMAR 63

CARDINAL. ORDINAL.

dri^ug, drizug, thirty dri^ugosto

fiorzug, forty fiorzugosto

finfzug, fifty finfzugosto

sehszug, sixty sehszugosto

sibunzug, seventy sibunzugosto

ahtozug, eighty ahtozugosto

niunaug, ninety niunzugosto

g) \ hundred zehanzugosto

hunt, J

zwei hunt, two hundred

thusunt, I ,, ,

' \ thousand,
dusunt, J

§ 156. The first three cardinal numerals are declinable in
all cases and genders.

1. ein follows the strong declension, when used as a
numeral, § 137. When ein is used in the sense si alone, it
follows the weak declension.

2. Masc. Neut. Fern.
Nom. Ace. zwene zwei zwa (zwo)

Gen. zweio zweio zweio

Dat. zweim, zwein zweim, zwein zweim, zwein

3. Masc. Neut. Fern.
Nom. Ace. dri driu drio

Gen. drio diio drio

Dat. drim, drin drina, drin drim, drin.

§157. The cardinal numerals 4-12 remain uninflected
when they stand before a noun, whereas, if they stand after
a noun or are used as nouns, they are declined according
to the i-declension. The neut., nom. and ace., has the
adjectival ending.

64 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Masc. Fern. Neut.

Norn. Ace. -i -iu ; -u

Gen. -eo, -o -eo, -o

Dat. -im, -in -im, -in.

§ 158. The cardinal numerals 20-100 ending in -zug
= OE. -tig, Gothic tigus, decade, are followed by the
genitive, dtisunt, thusunt is mostly treated as a fern, sub-
stantive, but sometimes also as a neuter.

§ 159. ander, second, inflected form anderer, -a^, -iu,
follows the strong declension, the remaining ordinal numerals
follow the weak declension.

2. Other Numerals.

§ 160. i. Distributive numerals, as einluzze, one by one,
zwiske, /wo by two.

2. Multiplicatives, as einfalt (fait = OE. -feald), zwifalt,
&c.

3. Numeral adverbs, as eines, gen. sg., once ; zwiro,
zwiror, zwiron, twice ; driror, thrice. The higher numbers,
as also sometimes those given above, are formed by means
of prefixing the cardinal numbers to stunt, time, thus,
sibunstunt, seven times.

CHAPTER XI

PBONOUNS

§ 161. 1. Personal.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. in, / wir

Ace. mih unsih

Gen. mm unser

Dat. mir uns.

GRAMMAR 65

SING. PLUR.

Nom. du, du, thou ir

Ace. dih iuwih

Gen. din iuwer

Dat. dir iu.

Fern,

siu ; si, si, she
sia (sie)
ira (iru, -o)
iru (-o)

sio
Bio
iro

im, in.

NOTE. — i. ih and du were often attached enclitically to the verb,
especially in poetry, as gibuh = gibu ih, findistu = flndis du. The
forms iuwih., iuwer were mostly written iuuih, iuuer, sometimes also
iuih, iuer.

2. Beside Sr ( = Latin and Gothic is, he) appear in some Franconian
monuments the forms her, he («=OE. he, he, he).

3. Beside the accented forms inan, imo, iro, sia, sie, sio occur the
unaccented forms nan, mo, ro, sa, se, so.

4. Sr, 13, es, in were sometimes attached enclitically to a preceding
word, as giloubt-Sr — giloubta 6r; irnos = imo ds, &c.

§ 162. 2. Beflexive.

SING. PLUR.

Ace. sih, oneself sih

Gen. sin (ira) (iro)

Dat. (imu, iru) (im)«

SING.

Masc.

Neul.

Nom. er, he
Ace. inan, in
Gen. (sin)
Dat. imu, imo

isj, itt there

J5
is, es
imu, imo

PLUR.

Nom. sie

siu

Ace. sie

siu

Gen. iro

iro

Dat. im, in

im, in

66 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

3. Possessive.

§ 163. The possessive pronouns of the first and second
persons were formed from the gen. case of the corresponding
personal pronouns, thus, min, my, din, thy, unser, our,
iuwer, your. The masc. and neut. sg. were expressed by
the reflexive form sin, his, its] the fem. sg. by ira, her,
lit. of her, and the plural, all genders, by iro, their, lit. of
them.

They were declined according to the strong declension,
§ 137.

Masc. Neut. Fem.

Nom. miner rnlnaz miniu

unserer unseraz, unseriu.

NOTE. — Beside unserer, iuwerer the forms unsarer, iuwarer some-
times occur.

§ 164. unser and iuwer have also shortened inflected
forms in Franconian : —

Masc. Neut. Fem.

Sing. Nom. unser unsaz unsu

Ace. unsan unsaz, unsa

Gen. unses unses unsera

Dat. imsemo unsemo unseru

Plur. Nom. unse unsu unso

&c. &c. &c.

4. Demonstrative.

§ 165. The simple demonstrative ther, der was employed
both as definite article and relative pronoun.

GRAMMAR 67

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Norn, der da$ diu

Ace. den dag clea, dia (die)

Gen. des des dera, (deru, -o)

Dat. demu, demo demu, demo deru, -o

Instr. diu

PLUR.
Nom.
Ace.

Gen. dero dero dero
Dat. dem, den d§m, den dem, den.

I de. dea, dia, die diu, (del) deo, dio
-• J

NOTE. — i. The Franconian dialects have mostly the unshifted forms
th6r, tha^, thiu, &c.

a. Beside the nom. form th6r occurs also thie (the) in Tatian.

3. Beside the nom., ace. fern. pi. thio occur in Franconian also thie,
rarely this.

4. d§r, &c., when used as a rel. pronoun, frequently had contracted
forms, especially in poetry, as theih from *tha ih = tha^ ih, thiuns =
thiu uns, zen = zi then.

§ 166. The compound demonstrative pronoun is declined

thus : —

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom. dese, dessr, this diz desiu, disiu

(thisu)

Ace. desan diz desa

Gen. desses desses desera

Dat. desemu, desemo desemu, desemo deseru
Instr. f desiu, desu

( disiu, disu

F 2

68 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

PLUR.

\

' > dese desiu. disiu (thisu) deso

:. J

Norn.

Ace.

Gen. desero desero desero

Dat. desem, -en dessm, -en desem, -en.

NOTE. — The nom. sg. masc. is thSrer in Otfrid. The gen. sg. fern, is
th§rera in Otfrid, and therra (thSrro) in Tatian ; dat. fern. sg. thfireru
in Otfrid, and thfirru (therro, thSrra) in Tatian ; gen. pi. thSrero in
Otfrid, and thSrero (thSrro) in Tatian.

§ 167. jener, that, yon, mostly written gener, is declined
like a strong adjective, § 137.

selb, self, ipse, may follow either the strong or the weak
declension. Combined with the def. art., it signifies same,
and always follows the weak declension.

5. Relative.

§ 168. A relative pronoun proper did not exist in OHG.,
its place was supplied by the demonstrative der, da^, diu.

6. Interrogative.

§ 169. The OHG. simple interrogative pronoun had no
independent form for the feminine, and was declined in the
singular only.

SING.

Masc. Fern. Neut.

Nom. hwer, wer, who hwa^, wasj, what

Ace. hwenan, wenan, wen hwaj$, wa^
Gen. hwes, wes hwes, wes

Dat. hwemu, wemo hwemu, wemo

Instr. hwiu, wiu.

GRAMMAR 69

NOTE. — I. The initial h was dropped from the beginning of the ninth
century.

2. For the instr. wiu the form hiu is also found.

3. A noun following wer was put in the gen., as wSr mauno, which
man, lit. who of men.

§ 170. hwedar, wedar, which of two, hwelih, wellh,
which, hweolih, of what sort, and sollh, such, were declined
like strong adjectives, § 137.

7. Indefinite.

§ 171. sum, sumilih, sumalih, a certain one, some one,
declined like a strong adjective.

ein, one, einig, eining (in negative sentences any, any one],
declined like a strong adjective.

wer, whoever, so wer so, whosoever, e'tewer, any one.

thehein, dehein, any one, any; in negative sentences no
one, no, none.

man, one, eoraan, Ionian, somebody, neonian, nioman,
nobody.

nihein, nihhein ; nohein, nohhein, no, none.

wiht, eowiht, iowiht, anything', neowiht, niowiht,
nothing.

gilih, like (with a noun in the gen. = each), manno gilih,
each man ; wellh, giwellh, eogiwelih, iogiwelih, each.

CHAPTER XII

VEBBS

§ 172. The OHG. verb has the following independent
forms : — one voice (active), two numbers, three persons, two
tenses (present and preterite), two complete moods (indica-
tive and subjunctive, the latter originally the optative),
besides an imperative which is only used in the present

70 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

tense, three verbal nouns (pres. infin., pres. participle, and
gerund), and one verbal adjective (the past participle).

Conjugation.

§ 173. The OHG. verbs are divided into two great
classes : — Strong and Weak. The latter form their preterite
by the addition of the syllable -ta, and their past participle by
means of a t-suffix ; the former form their pret. and past
participle by vowel gradation (ablaut).

Ablaut is the gradation of vowels both in stem and suffix,
caused by the primitive Indo-Germanic system of accentua-
tion. The vowels vary within certain series of related
vowels, called ablaut-series. There are in OHG. six such
series which appear most clearly in the various classes of the
strong verbs. We are able to conjugate a strong verb when
\ve know the four stems, as seen (i) in the infin. or i. sg.
pres. indie., (2) i. sg. pret. indie., (3) r. pi. pret. indie., (4)
the past participle. By arranging the vowels according to
these four stems we arrive at the following system : —

i.

I. 1,1
II. eo(io), iu

III. 1(§), i

IV. g, i
V. e, i

VI. a, a

NOTE. — i. Under i. the first vertical column represents the vowels as
they appear in the stem of the infinitive, and the second the vowels as
they appear in the stem of the i. sg. pres. indicative.

2. On the difference between eo(io) and iu, see § 56 ; i(S) and i, see
§ 37, i ; 6 and i, see § 44 ; ei and e, see § 54 ; ou and 6, see § 55 ; u and
o, see § 39.

11.

111.

IV.

ei, e

i

i

ou, 6

u

o

a

u

U, 0

a

a

o

a

a

e

uo

uo

a

GRAMMAR 71

3. Although the series of vowels is seen most clearly in the stem-
forms of strong verbs, the learner must not assume that ablaut occurs
in strong verbs only. Every syllable of every word of whatever part of
speech contains some form of ablaut. See Primer of the Gothic Language,
chapter vii.

Besides these two great classes of strong and weak verbs,
there are a few others which will be treated under the
general heading Minor Groups.

The strong verbs were originally further subdivided into
reduplicated and non-reduplicated verbs. The reduplication
has, however, entirely disappeared in OHG. The non-
reduplicated verbs are divided into six classes according to
the six ablaut-series given above. The originally reduplicated
verbs are put together here and called Class VII.

A. STBONG VERBS

§ 174. The conjugation of neman, to take, will serve as
a model for all strong verbs.

Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. nimu neme

2. nim-is, (-1st) nem-es, (-est)

3. nimit neme

Plur. I. nem-em§s, (-§m, -en) nem-emes, (-em, -en)

2. nemet nemet

3. nem-ant, (-ent) nemen

IMPER. INFIN.

Sing. 2. nlm nem-an, (-en)

Plur. i. nem-ames, -ernes, (-em, -en) GERUND.
2. nemet Gen. nemannes

Dat. nemanne
PRES. PART, nem-anti, (-enti).

;a OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. I. nam nami

2. nami nam-is, (-1st)

3. nam nami

Plur. I. nam-umes, (-um, -wo.) nam-Imes. (-im, -in)

2. namut namit

3. namun namin

PAST PART, ginoman.

NOTE. — i. The ending -at of the 2. sg. does not occur in the oldest
monuments; it arose partly from analogy with the preterite-present
forms kanst, gitarst, &c., and partly from a false etymological division
of the pronoun from the verb to which it was frequently attached en-
clitically, thus nimispu > nimistu, from which nimist was extracted
as the verbal form, cp. the similar process in OE.

2. The ending -mes of the i. pi. properly belongs to the present
indie, and imperative, from which it was transferred by analogy to the
i. pi. subj. pres. and to the pret. indie, and subj.

3. The endings -em, -en of the i. pi. belong properly to the subj.
pres. only.

4. The ending -un of the I. pi. pret. indie, arose regularly from
older -um. See § 92.

5. The infin. ending -en is due to that of the weak verbs, Class I,
where -en arose regularly. See § 91.

6. The 2. sg. pret. indie, has always the same stem-vowel as the
pret. subj. and pret. pi. indie.

The above remarks have merely been made with a view of explaining
the verbal forms with double endings. It must not, however, be assumed
that the forms, which have remained unmentioned, were all regularly
developed from the Germanic primitive language. Some of them were
either OHG. new formations (e.g. 2. pi. indie, and imper., the regular
form of which would be *nimit), or had been modified in some way
partly by analogy and partly by levelling, e.g. the e in ne'memes, older
form nemames.

GRAMMAR

73

Ablaut-series.

§ 175. We shall only give in each class a few verbs to
illustrate the gradation of vowels and consonant changes.
All other verbs occurring in the texts will be found in the
glossary referred to their proper class.

§176.

CLASS I.

INFIN.

PRET. SG.

PRET. PL.

P.P.

i

e- \ § 54

i

i

bitan, to wait

belt

bitun

gibitan

scriban, to write

screib

scribun

giscriban

stigan, to ascend

steig

stigun

gi stigan

risan, to fall

reis

rirun

giriran

snidan, to cut

sueid

sultan

gisnitan

spiwan, to vomit

spec (spe)

spiwun

gispiwan

dihan, to thrive

deh

digun

gidigan

lihan, to lend

leh

liwun

giliwan.

NOTE. — On the pret. spec, spe, see

§ 90, and for

the consonant

changes § 87.

§177.

CLASS II

INFIN.

PRES. SG. PRET.

SG. PRET. PL. P.P.

io

ou 1

1U

I §55 u

o

6 J

liogan, to lie

liugu loug

lugun

gilogan

klioban, to cleave

kliubu kloub klubun

gikloban

biotan, to offer

biutu bot

butun

gibotan

kiosan, to choose

kiusu kos

kurun

gikoran

ziohan, to draw

ziuhu zoh

zugun

gizogan

Here belong also —
sufan, to sip, drink sufu
sugan, to suck sugu

souf suffun gisoffan

soug sugun gisogan.

74

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

NOTE. — i. On the Upper German forms of the infin. with iu (liugan)
see § 56. For kos beside kurun, &c., see § 87.

a. Verbs of this class ending in w have iu throughout the present and
u in the pret. pi. and past participle, as kiuwan, to chew, kou (§ 90),
kuwun, gikuwan ; in the two last forms the w was often dropped.

3. sufan, sugau are properly aorist presents, like Greek TV$OJ, rptfi<u.

CLASS III.

§ 178. To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial
nasal or liquid + consonant, and a few others in which the
vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or
liquid + consonant.

Those with nasal + consonant have i in the infin. and
throughout the present (§ 37, i) and u in the past participle
(§ 39) ; the others have i in the sing, present (§§ 37, 2, 44), e
in the plural, and o in the past participle.

INFIN.

i\

bintan, to bind
rinnan, to run
singan, to sing
werdan, to become
sterban, to die
helfan, to help
fehtan, to fight
brestan, to burst

NOTE. — i. dwingan, to compel, has the pp. gidungan beside gi-
dwungan.

2. biginnan, to begin, and bringan, to bring, have the weak preterites
bigonta, bigonda, brahta, beside the strong bigan, brang.

PRES. So. PRET. So

. PRET. PL.

P.P.

i

a

u

ul

o J

bintu

bant

buntun

gibuntan

rinnu

ran

runnun

girunnan

singu.

sang

sungun

gisungan

wirdu

ward

wurtun

wortan

stirbu

starb

sturbun

gistorban

hilfu

half

hulfun

giholfan

flhtu

faht

fuhtun

gifohtan

bristu

brast

brustun

gibrostan

GRAMMAR

75

CLASS IV.

§ 179. To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end
in a single liquid or nasal, and a few others.

INFIN.

PRES.SG.

PRET.SG.

PRET.PL.

P.P.

e

i

a

a

0

neman, to take

nimu

nam

namun

ginoman

beran, to bear

biru

bar

barun

giboran

helan, to hide

hilu

hal

halun

giholan

stelan, to steal

stilu

stal

stalun

gistolan

quern an, to come

quimu

quam

quamun

quoman

Here belong also —

spreehan, to speak sprichu sprah sprachun gisprochan
brechan, to break brichu brah. brachun gibrochan.

NOTE. — Beside the pp. quoman occurs also quSman, formed after
the analogy of Class V. For initial que-, qui-, Tatian has co-, cu-.

CLASS V.

§ 180. To this class belong all those verbs having e, i in
the present, and ending in other consonants than those in
Classes III and IV.

INFIN. PRES.SG. PRET.SG.

a

gab
sab.
quad
az
was
las
jah

i

gibu
sihu
quidu
fcjzu
wisu

geban, to give

sehan, to see

quedan, to say

ezzan, to eat

wesan, to be

lesan, to readgaiher\\&u.

gehan, to confess gihu

Here belong also —
sitzen, to sit sitzu

bitten, to beg bittu

liggen, to he down liggu

'RET.PL.

P.P.

a

e

gabun

gigeban

sahun

gisehan

quatun

giquetan

azun

ge^zan

warun

larun

gileran

jahun

gigehan

saz
bat
lag

sazun
batun
la gun

gisezzan
gibetan
gilegan.

76

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

NOTE. — i. With the a in &z,, cp. OE. etan, Lat. Sdere, to eat, beside
OE. §6t, Lat. ed-i.

2. On gihu, gehan, beside jah, see § 91.

3. sitzen from *sitjan, bitten from *bidjan (= Gothic bidjan),
liggen from *ligjan. See § 80. The j belonged to the present only.

P.P.

a

gifaran

gitragan

giwahsan

gislagan

gistautan

-haban
giskaffan

V gisworan
suorun J

NOTE. — I. The 2. and 3. sg. pres. indie, have umlaut, see, however,
§ 43.

2. The pret. sg. sluog has been formed after the analogy of the pret.
pi. The regular form sluoh still occurs in the oldest monuments.

3. stuont, stuontun, gistantan have the n in the stem from the
present, cp. OE. standan, to stand, pret. stod. Forms without n are
occasionally found in OHG. ; as pret. pi. forstuotun. For the shorter
present forms, see § 204.

4. heffen from *hafjan [ = Gothic hafjan, to raise, cp. Lat. capio] ;
skephen from *skapjan (= Gothic skapjan ) ; swerien from *swarjan.
See § 80. huob has its b from the pret. pi. and pp., the regular form
would be *huof. The present tense of these three verbs follows the
inflection of the weak verbs, Class I.

5. The regular forms of the 2. and 3. sg. pres. indie, and 2. sg. im-
perative of heffen were hevis, hevit, hevi ; for the v see § 7 under f.
This v then became transferred to other forms of the present where it

§181.

CLASS VI.

INFIN.

FRET. SG.

FRET. PL.

a

uo

uo

faran, to go

fuor

fuorun

tragan, to carry

truog

truogun

wahsan, to grow

wuohs

wuohsun

slahan, to strike

sluog

sluogun

stantan, to stand

stuont

stuontun

Here belong also —

heffen, to raise

huob

huobun

skephen, to create

skuof

skuoftm

swerien, to swear

swuor (suor)

swuorun

GRAMMAR 77

did not originally belong, e.g. infin. heven, pres. participle heventi.
Similarly at a later period the b of the pret. pi. and pp. crept into the
present, from which arose the Middle and Modern HG. form heben.

CLASS VII.

§ 182. To this class belong those verbs which had originally
reduplicated preterites like e.g. Greek XAoiira or Gothic hal-
dan, to hold, pret. sg. haihald; letan, to let, pret. sg. lailot;
flokan, to complain, pret. sg. faiflok; haitan, to call, pret. sg.
haihait ; aukan, to increase, pret. sg. aiduk.

The reduplication disappeared in OHG. through the re-
duplicated syllable undergoing contraction with the stem
syllable. Five sub-classes are to be distinguished according
as the present stem contains —

a = Prim. Germanic a, Gothic a
a = ,, „ ee „ e

ei = „ „ ai „ ai

ou(o§55)= „ „ au ,, au

uo = „ ,,6 „ 6.

Sub-classes 1, 2, 3.

§ 188. The preterite of the verbs belonging here contained
the stem-vowel e in the oldest state of the language. During
the OHG. period this e was developed to ie through the inter-
mediate stages ea, ia, see § 50. Otfrid had ia, Tatian ie.
The pret. sg. and plur. have the same stem-vowel.
INFIX. PRET. So. P.P.

haitan, to hold hialt gihaltan

gangan, to go giang gigangan

fallan, to/all fial gifallan

Here belong properly also —

fahan, to seize fiang gifangan

hahan, to hang hiang gihangan.

•jS OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

NOTE. — i. On the last two verbs see J§ 36, 87.

2. The pret. intfiegun in Tatian for intfiengun was formed after
the analogy of the present.

3. For the shorter presents of gangan see § 205.

INFIN. PRET. So. P.P.

laz,an, to let lia^ gila^an

slafan, to sleep sliaf gislafan

ratan, to advise riat giratan

heizan, to call hiaz giheizan

skeidan, to sever skiad giskeidan

meiz,an, to cut miaz, gimei^an

Sub-classes 4, 5.

§ 184. The preterite of these verbs in the oldest period of
the language contained the diphthong eo, which became io
(Otfrid ia) in the ninth century. Tatian has both eo and io.

INFIN. PRET. SG. P.P.

loufan, io run liof giloufan

houwan, to hew hio gihouwan

stozan, to push stioz gistdzan

ruofan, to call riof giruofan.

NOTE. — Upper German has the preterite forms liuf, hiu, and riuf.

B. WEAK VEBBS

§ 185. The weak verbs, which for the most part are
derivatives, are divided into three classes according as the
infinitive ends in -en (from older -jan, § 91), -on, -en (from
older -ain).

Three stems are to be distinguished in the conjugation of
weak verbs : the stem of the present, preterite, and the past
participle, which mostly agrees with that of the preterite.

GRAMMAR 79

NOTE. — The infinitive of Class I not unfreqnently ends in -an (instead
of -en), especially in the Upper German dialects. The ending -an was
due to the analogy of the infinitive-ending of strong verbs.

1. First Weak Conjugation.

§ 186. The verbs of this conjugation are sub-divided into
two classes: (a) those which had originally a short stem
syllable ; (<5) polysyllabic verbs and those which had a long
stem syllable.

NOTE. — A syllable is long when it contains a long vowel or diphthong,
or a short vowel followed by two consonants belonging to the same
syllable, thus e.g. slaf, sleep, stein, stone, g&st, guest.

Class a.

§ 187. Formation of the Present stem. The present
stem of these verbs became long (except in the 2. and
3. persons sg. pres. indie., and 2. pers. sg. imperative) by
the West Germanic law of the doubling of consonants,
see § 80. The j had already disappeared in these persons
before the operation of this law, for which reason they have
single consonants. The verbs, however, ending in one of the
affricatae zz (tz), pf, or ck (cch) (= West Germanic tj, pj,
kj), have extended these throughout the present and to the
imperative 2. pers. sg.

Formation of the Preterite and Past Participle.

The j, which caused the doubling of the final consonants
in the present stems, never existed in the preterite or past
participle, so that these stems end in single consonants. The
preterite has usually the ending -ita, but verbs, whose present
stems end in one of the affricatae pf, zz (tz), or ck (cch)
(= West Germanic pj, tj, kj), have the ending -ta in the

8o OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

preterite. Those whose present stems end in tt or 11
(= West Germanic dj, Ij), sometimes have the one ending
and sometimes the other.

The past participle has two forms, the one called the un-
inflected, the other the inflected form. The uninflected form
ends in -it. The inflected form ends in -iter when the
preterite ends in -ita, and in -ter when the preterite ends in
-ta. See § 148.

§ 188. The full conjugation of zellen, to tell, and nerien,
to save, will serve as models for this class.

Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. zellu, neriu zelle, nerie

2. zel-is, ner-is, -1st zell-es, neri-es ;

-eat

3. zelit, nerit zelle, nerie
Plur. i . zell-emes, neri-emes ; -en zell-em, neri-em;

-en, -ernes

2. zellet, neriet zellet, neriet

3. zellent, nerient zellen, nerien

IMPER. INFIN.

Sing. 2. zeli, neri zellen, nerien

GERUND.
Plur. i. zell-emes, neri-emes; -en Gen. zellennes, neri-

ennes

2. zellet, neriet Dat. zellenne, neri-

enne

PRES. PARTICIPLE.
zsllenti, nerienti.

GRAMMAR 8 1

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. zalta zelita, nerita zalti zeliti, ne-

riti; -I

2. zalt-os zelit-os, nerit-oa; -ost zalt-is zelit-is

nerit-is; -1st

3. zalta zelita, nerita zalti zeliti, ne-

riti; -I

Plur. i. zalt-um zelit-um, nerit-um; -un, zalt-im zelit-im,
-umes nerit-im ; -in,

-imes

2. zaltut zelitut, neritut zaltit zelitit, ne-

ritit

3. zaltun zelitun, neritun zaltin zelitln, ne-

ritin.

PAST PARTICIPLE.
gizalt gizelit, ginerit.

NOTE. — i. On the personal endings see § 174, notes.
a. The forms neriu, neriet, &c., sometimes appear as nerru,
nerret, Sec.

3. After the analogy of zelis, zelit, the other forms of the present
have single consonants in Tatian.

Class b.

§ 189. The verbs of this class undergo no consonant
changes in the present.

The preterite ends in -ta in the Upper German dialects
and in Otfrid, while in Tatian it not unfrequently ends in
-ita. The past participle follows the same rule as the verbs
under Class a.

NOTE. — i. Present stems ending in double consonants are simplified
in the preterite, as brennen, to burn, pret. branta; kussen, to kiss,
pret. kusta.

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

a. Verbs whose present stems end in a consonant + t have only one
t in the preterite, as wenten, to turn, pret. wanta.

§ 190. The full conjugation of suochen, to seek, will serve
as a model for this class.

Present.

INDIC.
Sing. i. auochu

2. suoch-is; -1st

3. suochit

Plur. i . suoch-emes ; -en

2. suochet

3. suochent

IMPER.
Sing. 2. suochi

Plur. i. suoch-emes
2. suochet

-en

SUBJ.
suoche

suoch-es ; -est
suoche
suoch-era
suochet
suochen

INFIN.
suochen

GERUND.

Gen. suochennes
Dat. suochenne

PRES. PART.
suochenti

-en, -ernes

Preterite.
INDIC.
Sing. i. suohta

2. suoht-6s; -ost

3. suohta

Plur. i. suoht-um; -un, -umes

2. suohtut

3. suohtun

SUBJ.

suohti ; -i
suoht-Is ; -1st
suohti ; -I

suoht-im ; -In -imes
suohtit
suohtln

PAST PARTICIPLE.
gisuochit.

GRAMMAR

§ 19L The following verbs are irregular : —

INFIN.

denken, to think
dunken, to seem
furhten, \ to be
furihten, J
wurken, to work

PRET.

dahta (§ 74)
duhta (§ 74)

afraid frh** 1 (§§ 39, 63)

forahta J

worhta (worahta)
(§§ 39, 63).

2. Second Weak Conjugation.

§ 192. Present.

INDIC.
Sing. i. salbdm; -on, I anoint

2. salbos(t)

3. salbot

Plur. I. salbomes, salbon

2. salbot

3. salbont

IMPER.
Sing. 2. salbo

Plur. i. salbomes, salbon
2. salbot

SUBJ.

salbo

salbos(t)

salbo

salb-6m ;

salbot

salbon

INFIN.
salbon

GERUND.
Gen. salbonnes
Dat. salbonne
PRES. PART.
salbonti.

-on, -omes

Preterite.
INDIC.
Sing. i. salbota

[&c., like suohta]

PAST PART, gisalbot.

G 2

SUBJ.
salboti; -I

[&c., like suohti]

84 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

NOTE. — The I. pi. pres. indie, and imper. and the whole of the subj.
present have also longer forms salboeii, subj. salboe, &c., in the Upper
German dialects.

3. Third Weak Conjugation.
§ 193. Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. habem ; -en, I have habe

2. habes(t) habes(t)

3. habet habe

Plur. I. habe me s ; haben habem; -en, habemea

2. habet habet

3. habent haben

IMPER. INFIN.

Sing. 2. habe haben

GERUND.

Plur. i. habemes ; haben Gen. habennes
2. habet Dat. habenne

PRES. PART.
habenti.

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. habeta habeti; -i

[&c., like suohta] [&c., like suohti]

PAST PART, gihabet.

NOTE. — i. Longer forms occur, habeen, habee, as in the second
conjugation.

2. Forma like hebis, hebit; segis, segit ; hebita, segita, are due
to a contamination with verbs of the first conjugation.

GRAMMAR 85

MINOR GROUPS

A. PBETERITE-PRESENTS

§ 194. These verbs have strong preterites with a present
meaning, like Gk. otSa, Lat. novi, / know, from which new
weak preterites have been formed. The 2. sg. ends in -t and
has the same stem-vowel as the i. and 3. sg. The following
verbs belong to this class : —

§ 195. I. Ablaut-series.

Wer'sj, / know, 2. sg. weist; i. pi. wi^un (-urnes), subj.
wi^i; pret. wissa (wessa, westa) ; infin. wi^an; pres.
part, wizzanti ; pp. giwiz^an.

PI. eigun, zve have, eigut, eigun; subj. eigi, pp. eigan,
own, as adj. only. The other forms of this verb are
wanting.

§ 196. II. Ablaut-series.

3. sg. toug, /'/ avails, 3. pi. tugtm ; pret. 3. sg. tohta ;
pres. part, toganti, inf. wanting.

§ 197. III. Ablaut-series.

An, / gran/, pi. unnun, subj. mini, pret. onda (onsta),
inf. unnan.

kan, / can, know, 2. sg. kanst, pi. kunnun, subj. kunni,
pret. konda (konsta) ; inf. kunnan ; pres. part, kunnanti.

darf, / need, 2. sg. darft, pi. durfun, subj. durfi, pret.
dorfta, inf. durfan.

gi-tar, / dare, 2. sg. gitarst, pi. giturrun, subj. giturri,
pret. gitorsta, inf. and pres. part, wanting, pp. gitorran.

§ 198. IV. Ablaut-series.

skal, / shall, 2. sg. scalt, pi. sculun, subj. sculi ; pret.
scolta, inf. scolan, pres. part, scolanti.

86 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

NOTE. — Some forms of this verb occur occasionally without c, e.g.
Tatian sal, solta, cp. the NHG. forms and OE. sceal, beside Mod.
Northern Engl. dial., sal.

§ 199. V. Ablaut-series.

mag, / may, can, 2. sg. maht, pi. magun (mugun), subj.
megi (mugi), pret. mahta (mohta), inf. magan (mugan),
pres. part, maganti (muganti).

VI. Ablaut-series.

§ 200. muo^, I may, must, 2. sg. muost, pi. muozun, subj.
muogi, pret. muosa, infin. and pres. part, wanting.

B. VERBS IN -MI

§ 201. The i. pers. sg. pres. indie, of the Indo-
Germanic verb ended either in -6 or in -mi (cp. the Greek
verbs in -u and -ju, like <|>^pco and TiOtjfu, &c.). To the verbs
in -6 belong all the regular Germanic verbs ; of the verbs
in -mi only scanty remains have been preserved ; they are
distinguished by the fact that the i. pers. sg. pres. indie,
ends in -m which became -n in OHG. in the ninth century.
Here belong the following OHG. verbs : —

§ 202. 1. The Substantive Verb.

Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. I. bim, bin si

2. bist, bis BIS, sist

3. ist si

Plur. i. birum, birun sim (sin)

2. birut sit

3. sint sin.

The other forms are supplied from wesan (§180), thus

GRAMMAR 87

imper., 2. sg. wis, pi. weset, inf. wesan, pres. part, wesanti,
pret. i., 3. sg. was, 2. sg. wari, pi. warun.

NOTE. — i. The subj. pres. and the indie. 3. sg. 1st, 3. pi. sint were
formed from the root es-. The forms with b probably arose from a con-
tamination of the root es- with the root bheu- ( = Lat. fu-). The
regular forms would have been *im, *is, *irum (*irun), *irut.

2. The inf. form sin was an OHG. new formation.

§ 203. 2. The Verb tuon, to do.

OLDEST

INDICATIVE

FORM.

TATIAN.

OTFRID.

Sing. i.

torn

tuon

duan

2.

tos

tuos(t), tuis

duas(t), duis(t)

3-

tot

tuot

duat, duit

Plur. i.

t6mes

tuoiri.es. tuon

duen

2.

t5t

tuot

duet

3-

tont

tuont

duent, duant

SUBJUNCTIVE

Sing. i. 3.

to

tuo (tuoe, tuoa, tue)

due

2.

tos

tuss

duest

Plur. i.

torn

duen

2.

tot

tuot

3-

ton

tuon

IMPERATIVE

Sing. 2.

to

tuo

dua

Plur. i.

tomes

tuomes

duernes

2.

tot

tuot

duet, duat

INFIN.

ton

tuon

duan

GER. DAT.

tonne

tuonne

duanne.

PARTICIPLE

tonti

tuonti

The preterite of tuon is inflected like a verb of the fifth

88

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

ablaut-series, except that the i. and 3. sg. have reduplication,
teta. The forms are : —

Indie. Sing, i., 3. teta, 2. tati.

,, Plur. tatum, -un, tatut, tatun.

Subj. Sing, i., 3. tati, 2. tatis(t), &c.

Past Participle gitan.

3. The Verbs gan (gen), to go, and stan (sten), to stand.
§ 204. The strong verbs gangan (§ 183) and stantan
(§ 181), which regularly form their preterites giang, stuont,
have beside these short present forms.

The Alemanic dialect has the forms gan, stan, while the
Bavarian and the Franconian dialects have mostly the forms
gen, sten.

§ 2O5. The full conjugation of gan (gen) will serve for
both verbs.

INDICATIVE.

Sing. i. gam, gan ; gem, gen
ges(t)
get

gemes, gen
get
gent

SUBJUNCTIVE.
ge

ges(t)
ge
gen
get
gen

INFINITIVE.
gan; gen
GERUND.

Plur. i. games; gemes, gen Gen. gannes

2. gat ; get Dat. ganne

PRES. PARTICIPLE.
ganti; genti.

NOTE. — The 2. sg. indie, is in Otfrid geist, steist, and the 3. sg.
mostly geit, steit.

2. gas(t) ;

3- g&t J
Plur. i. games, gan

2. gat;

3. gant ;

IMPERATIVE.
Sing. 2. [gang]

GRAMMAR

89

4. The Verb (will).

§ 206. The present tense of this verb was originally an
optative (subjunctive) form of a verb in -mi, used indicatively,
cp. Gothic wiljau. To this was formed a new subjunctive
and a weak preterite.

Present.

INDICATIVE.
Sing. i. willu (wille, willa)

2. wili (wills)

3. wili (wilit)
Plur. i. wellemes, wellen

2. wellet

3. wellent

INFIN.
wellen

SUBJUNCTIVE.
welle
welles(t)
welle

wellemes, wellen
wellet
wellen

PRES. PART,
wellenti.

Preterite.
INDICATIVE.
Sing. i. wolta
[&c., like suohta]

SUBJUNCTIVE.
wolti ; -I
[&c., like suohti]

NOTE. — The present forms of this verb, which have the stem-vowel
e, have o in the Franconian dialects after the analogy of the preterite,
thus inf. wollen, &c.

90 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

CHAPTER XIII
5 YNTAX

Cases.

§ 207. Accusative. The accusative has much the same
function as in NHG. The verbs ahten, to persecute, beiton,
to wait for, bigehan, to confess, coston, to tempt, govern the
genitive or accusative.

§ 2O 8. Genitive. The verbs gehan, to confess, coron, to
taste, suorgen, to take thought for, furlougnen, to deny, take the
genitive. The genitive is sometimes used adverbially, as
alles, else, nalles (= ni alles), not at all, tages, by day,
heimwartes, homewards, niuwes, recently, &c.

§ 2O9. Dative. The verbs fluohhfin, to speak evil of,
folgen, to follow, he'lfan, to help, thionon, to serve, take the
dative.

Adjectives.

§ 210. The weak and strong forms are used in much the
same manner as in Modern High German.

The comparative and superlative degrees of adjectives
and the ordinal numerals [except ander, second] follow the
weak declension, as e'r ward altero, he became older ; er mir
liobosto was, he was dearest to me ; e'r ist furisto, he is the
first.

Adjectives may be used as nouns without the article, as
snel indi kuoni, thasj turns imo gekunni, quickness and
boldness were inborn in him; blinte gisehent, halze gangent,
the blind see, the lame walk,

When the same adjective refers both to masc. and fern.

GRAMMAR 91

beings, it is put in the neut. plural, as siu uuSrun rehtiu
beidu fora gote, they were both righteous before God.

Cardinal numerals compounded of -zug, decade, as fiorzug,
forty, as well as hunt, hundred, and dusunt, thousand, are
used as nouns and govern the genitive case, filu, much, also
takes the genitive.

The uninflected form of the adjective, when used attribu-
tively or predicatively, occurs beside the inflected form in the
nom. sing, of all genders, and in the ace. sing, neuter, thus
blint man beside blinter man, blind man } blint frouwa
beside blintiu frouwa, blind woman ; blint kind beside
blintazj kind, blind child; alt was siu jaro, she was old in
years.

In the nom. plural, all genders, the uninflected form occurs
beside the inflected form when the adjective is used predica-
tively ; thus die man sint blint or blinte, the men are blind ;
wir birun fro, we are joyful.

NOTE. — The nom. sg. uninflected form of the adjective is a remnant
of the time when the adjectives had the same endings as the nouns, cp.
nom. sg. wolf, wolf, wort, word; era, honour, is properly the ace. form,
the regular nom. form would be *er, see § 57, 2.

Pronouns.

§ 211. Personal pronouns were sometimes omitted, as
sprichist, tha:? ni scalt, thou speakest what thou oughtest not ;
farames, let us go; uuard tho, then it happened; mih
hungirit, / am hungry.

The relative pronoun was generally expressed by der, da^,
diu, which however could be omitted, as funtun einan man.
mit namon Simeon hiez, they found a man ivho was called
Simeon by name.

der and er were sometimes used pleonastically, as thie

92 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

morganllhho tag ther bisuorget sih selbo, the morrow shall
take thought for the things of itself '; Lazarus er •was iro ein,
Lazarus was one of them.

Verbs.

§ 212. Tenses. The future simple was generally expressed
by the present as in OE., as nemnis thu slnan namon
Johannem, thou shall call his name John.

The preterite had rarely a perfect meaning. Both the
perfect and pluperfect were expressed by the past participle
and one of the auxiliary verbs haben, eigan, wesan, as er
habet uns gizeigot, he hath shown unto us ', thaz^ eigut ir
gihdrit, that have ye heard ; ih bim alt, inti mm quena
fram ist gigangan in ira tagun (= the Latin 'ego enim sum
senex, et uxor mea processit in diebus suis').

§ 213. Voice. In the oldest monuments the passive was
expressed by the past participle and one of the auxiliary verbs
wesan, werdan without any distinction in meaning, thus ist
ginoman or wirdit ginoman = is taken ; was ginoman or
ward ginoman = zvas taken,

From the ninth century onward a distinction began to be
made in such a way that werdan came to be used for the
imperfect tenses, and wesan for the perfect tenses; thus wirdit
ginoman = is taken ; ist ginoman = has been taken ; ward
ginoman = was taken ; war ginoman = had been taken.

TEXTS

TATIAN

The Old High German translator of the Gospel Harmony, which
generally goes under the name of Tatian, is unknown. The German
version, written in the East Franconian dialect, was probably made at
the monastery of Fulda about the year 835.

The most useful edition is by Professor Sievers, Tatian, Lateinisch
und Altdeutsch, mit ausfiihrlichem Glossar, Paderborn, 1872. and
edition, 1892.

1. Prologus. Luke i. 1-4.

Bithiu uuanta manage zilotun ordinon saga thio in uns
gifulta sint rahhono, so uns saltun thie thar fon anaginne
selbon gisahun inti ambahta uuarun uuortes, uuas mir
gisehan gifolgentemo fon anaginne allem, gernlihho after
antreitu thir scriben, thu bez_z,isto Theophile, thaz, thu 5
forstantes thero uuorto, fon them thu gilerit bist, uuar.

2. I. John i. 1-5.

i. In anaginne uuas uuort inti thaz, uuort uuas mit
gote inti got selbo uuas thaz, uuort. Thaz. uuas in ana-
ginne mit gote. Alliu thuruh thasj vvurdun gitan inti
uz^an sin ni uuas uuiht gitanes thaz, thar gitan uuas ; thaz, TO
uuas in imo lib inti thaz. lib uuas lioht manno. Inti
tha^ lioht in finstarnessin liuhta inti finstarnessi thaz. ni
bigriffun.

94 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

3. II. Luke i. 5-25.

2. Uuas in tagun Herodes thes cuninges Judeno sumer
biscof namen Zacharias fon themo uuehsale Abiases inti 15
quena imo fon Aarones tohterun inti ira namo uuas
Elisabeth. Siu uuarun rehtiu beidu fora gote, gangenti
in alien bibotun inti in gotes rehtfestin uz^an lastar, inti
ni uuard in sun, bithiu uuanta Elisabeth uuas unberenti
inti beidu fram gigiengun in iro tagun. Uuard tho, mit 20
thiu her in biscofheite giordinot uuas in antreitu sines
uuehsales fora gote, after giuuonu thes biscofheites in
loz^e fram gieng, thaz, her uulhrouh brantl ingangenti in
gotes tempal, inti al thiu menigl uuas thes folkes uz^e,
betonti in thero ziti thes rouhennes. Araugta sih imo 25
gotes engil, stantenti in zeso thes altares thero uuihrouh-
brunsti. Thanan tho Zacharias uuard gitruobit tha^
sehenti, inti forhta anafiel ubar inan. Quad tho zi imo
ther engil : ' ni forhti thu thir, Zacharias, uuanta gihorit
ist thin gibet, inti thin quena Elysabeth gibirit thir sun, 30
inti nemnis thu sinan namon Johannem. Inti her ist thir
gifeho inti blidida, inti manage in sinero giburti mendent.
Her ist uuarlihho mihhil fora truhtine inti uuin noh lid ni
trinkit inti heilages geistes uuirdit gifullit fon hinan fon
reve slnero muoter, inti manage Israheles barno giuuerbit 35
zi truhtine gote iro. Inti her ferit fora inan in geiste inti
in megine Heliases, tha^ her giuuente herzun fatero in
kind, inti ungiloubfolle zi uulstuome rehtero, garuuen
truhtine thuruhthigan folc/

Inti quad Zacharias zi themo engile : ' uuanan uuei^ ih 40
thaz, ? ih bim alt, inti mm quena fram ist gigangan in ira
tagun.' Tho antlingonti thie engil quad imo : ' ih bim
Gabriel, thie az,stantu fora gote, inti bin gisentit zi thir

TATIAN 95

thisu thir sagen. Inti nu uuirdist thu suigenti inti hi
maht sprehhan unzan then tag, in themo thisu uuerdent, 45
bithiu uuanta thu ni giloubtus minen uuortun, thiu thar
gifultu uuerdent jn iro ziti.' Inti uuas thaz, fold beitonti
Zachariam, inti vvuntorotun tha^ her laz^eta in templo.
Her uz, gangenti ni mohta sprehhan zi in, inti forstuontun
thaz, her gisiht gisah in templo, her tha^ bouhnenti in 50
thuruhuuoneta stum. Inti gifulte uurdun tho taga sines
ambahtes, gieng in sin hus; after then tagon intfieng
Elisabeth sin quena inti tougilta sih fimf manoda, que-
denti : ' uuanta sus teta mir trohtln in tagon, in then her
giscouuuota arfirran mman itiuul^ untar mannon.' 55

4. III. Luke i. 26-56.

3. In themo sehsten manude gisentit uuard engil
Gabriel fon gote in thie burg Galileae, thero namo ist
Nazareth, zi thiornun gimahaltero gommanne, themo
namo uuas Joseph, fon huse Davides, inti namo thero
thiornun Maria. Inti ingangenti ther engil zi iru quad : 60
' heil uuis thu gebono follu ! truhtin mit thir, gisegenot
sis thu in uulbun.' Tho siu thiu gisah, uuas gitruobit in
sinemo uuorte inti thahta, uuellh uuari tha^ uuolaqueti.
Quad iru ther engil : ' ni forhti thir, Maria, thu fundi
huldi mit gote, senonu inphahis in reve inti gibiris sun 65
inti ginemnis slnan namon Heilant. Ther ist mihhil inti
thes hoisten sun ist ginemnit, inti gibit imo truhtin sedal
Davides sines fater, inti rihhisot in huse Jacobes zi euuidu,
inti sines rihhes nist enti.' Quad th5 Maria zi themo
engile : ' vvuo mag tha^; sin ? uuanta ih gommannes uuis 70
ni bin.' Antlingota tho ther engil, quad iru : ' thie heilago
geist quimit ubar thih, inti thes hohisten megin biscatuit

96 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

thih, bithiu thaz. thar giboran uuirdit heilag, thaz. uuirdit
ginemnit gotes barn. SenonQ Elisabeth thin magin siu
inphieng sun in ira alttuome inti thiz ist thie sehsto 75
manod theru, thiu thar ginemnit ist unberenta: bithiu
uuanta nist unodi mit gote iogiuuellh uuort.' Tho quad
Maria : ' senonfl gotes thiu, uuese mir after thlnemo
uuorte.' Inti arfuor tho fon iru ther engil.

4. Arstantenti Maria in then tagon gieng in gibirgu 80
mit Ilungu in Judeno burg, ingieng tho in hus Zachariases
inti heilizita Elisabeth. Uuard tho, so siu gihorta heili-
zunga Mariun Elisabeth, gifah tha^ kind in ira reve.
Uuard tho gifullit heilages geistes Elisabeth, arriof mih-
hilero stemnu inti quad : ' gisegenot sis thu untar uulbun, 85
inti gisegenot si thie uuahsmo thinero uuamba, inti
uuanan mir, thaz, queme mines truhtlnes muoter zi mir ?
Senonu so sliumo so thiu stemna uuard thlnes heilizinnes
in minen orun, gifah in gifehen kind in mlnemo reve,
inti saligu thiu thar giloubta, uuanta thiu uuerdent gifre- 90
mitu, thiu thar giquetan vvurdun iru fon truhtme.' Tho
quad Maria : ' mihhiloso mm sela truhtin, inti gifah mm
geist in gote mlnemo heilante, bithiu uuanta her gis-
couuota odmuotl smero thiuui, senonu fon thiu saliga mih
quedent allu cunnu, bithiu uuanta mir teta mihhilu thie 95
thar mahtig ist, inti heilag sin namo inti sin miltida in cunnu
inti in cunnu inan forhtanten. Teta maht in smemo arme,
zispreitta ubarhuhtlge muote sines herzen, nidargisazta
mahtlge fon sedale inti arhuob odmuotlge, hungerente gi-
fulta guoto inti otage forliez, Itale. Inphieng Israhel slnan 100
kneht zi gimuntigonne sinero miltidu, so her sprah zi unsen
faterun, Abrahame inti sinemo samen zi uuerolti.'-Uuoneta
Maria mit iru nah thrl manoda inti uuarb zi ira hus.

TATIAN 97

5. IV. Luke i. 57-80.

4, 9. Elisabeth uuarlihho uuard gifullit zit zi beranne
inti gibar ira sun. Inti gihortun thaz, tho ira nahiston 105
inti ira cundon, thaz, truhtm mihhilosota slna miltida mit
iru, inti gifahun mit iru. Uuard tho in themo ahtuden
tage, quamun zi bismdanne thaz^ kind, namtun inan sines
fater namen Zachariam. Antlingota tho sin muoter inti
quad: ' nio in altare, uzar sin namo seal sin Johannes.' no
Inti quadun zi iru : ' nioman nist in thlnemo cunne thie
thar ginemnit si thesemo namen.' Bouhnitun tho sinemo
fater, uuenan her uuolti inan ginemnitan uuesan ? Bat
tho scribsahses, screib sus quedanti : ' Johannes ist sin
namo'; vvuntorotun thaz, tho alle. Gioffonota sih tho 115
sliumo sin mund inti sin zunga, inti sprah got uuihenti.
Uuard tho forhta ubar alle iro nahiston, inti ubar allu
gibirgu Judeno vvurdun gimarit allu thisu uuort, inti
gisaztun alle thie iz. gihortun in iro herzen sus quedante :
' uuaz. uuanis these kneht si?' inti gotes hant uuas mit 120
imo.

Inti Zacharias sin fater uuard gifullit heilages geistes
inti uulzagota sus quedanti : ' Giuuihit si truhtln got
Israhelo, bithiu uuanta uuisota inti teta losunga sinemo
folke inti arrihta horn heill uns in huse Davides sines 125
knehtes. So her sprah thuruh mund heilagero, thie fon
uuerolti uuarun, sinero uuiz.agono, heill fon unsaren f iian-
tun inti fon henti allero thie unsih ha^zptun, zi tuonne
miltida mit unsaren faterun inti zi gihugenne sinero
heilagun giuuiznessi, thero eidburti, thie her suor zi 130
Abrahame unsaremo fater, sih uns zi gebanne, thaz. uz.an
forhta fon hentin unsero fiianto arloste thionomes imo in
heilagnesse inti in rehte fora imo alien unsaren tagun.

98 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Thu kneht uulz.ago thes hohisten bis thu ginemnit, fora-
feris uuarllhho fora truh tines annuzzi zi garuuenne sinan 135
uueg, zi gebanne uuistuom heili smemo folke in forla^-
nessi iro suntono thuruh innuovilu miltida unsares gotes,
in then uulsota unsih ufgang fon hohl, inliuhten then thie
thar in finstarnessin inti in scuuen todes sizzent, zi girih-
tenne unsera fuo^zi in uueg sibba. — Ther kneht vvuohs 140
inti uuard gistrengisSt geiste inti uuas in vvuostinnu
unzan then tag sinero arougnessi zi Israhel.

6. V. Luke ii. 1-7.

5, n. Uuard tho gitan in then tagun, framquam gibot
fon tSemo aluualten keisure, thaz gibrievit wurdi al these
umbiuuerft. Thaz^ giscrib i^ eristen uuard gitan in Syriu 145
fon tSemo graven Cyrine, inti fuorun alle, thaz^ biiahin
thionost iogiuuellh in sinero burgi. Fuor tho Joseph fon
Galileu fon thero burgi thiu hiez; Nazareth in Judeno lant
inti in Davides burg, thiu uuas ginemnit Bethleem, bithiu
uuanta her uuas fon huse inti fon hiuuiske Davides, thaz, 150
her giiahi saman mit Mariun imo gimahaltero gimahhun

so scaffaneru. Tho sie thar uuarun, vvurt5un taga gifulte,
thaz. siu bari, inti gibar ira sun eristboranon inti biuuant
inan mit tuochum inti gilegita inan in crippea, bithiu
uuanta im ni uuas ander stat in themo gasthuse. 155

7. VI. Luke ii. 8-20.

6. Uuarun tho hirta in thero lantskeffi uuahhante inti
bihaltante nahtuuahta ubar ero euuit. Quam thara gotes
engil inti gistuont nah in inti gotes berahtnessl bischein
sie, giforhtun sie im tho in mihhilero forhtu. Inti quad

TATIAN 99

im ther engil : ' ni curet iu forhten, ih sagen iu mihhilan 160
gifehon, ther ist allemo folke, bithiu uuanta giboran ist
iu hiutu Heilant, ther ist Christ truhtln in Davides burgi.
Thaz si iu zi zeichane, thaz^ ir findet kind mit tuochum
bivvuntana^ inti gilegitaz in crippa.' Tho sliumo uuard
thar mit themo engile menigl himilisches heres got 165
lobontiu inti quedentiu : ' Tiurida si in then hohistom
gote, inti in erdu si sibba mannun guotes uuillen.' Uuard
tho thaz arfuorun fon in thie engila in himil, tho sprachun
thie hirta untar in zuisgen : ' farames zi Bethleem, inti
gisehemes tha^ uuort, tha^ thar gitan ist thag truhtin uns 170
araugta.' Inti quamun tho llente inti fundun Mariun ^
inti Joseben inti tha^ kind gilegita^ in crippea. Sie tho
gisehente forstuontun fon tSemo uuorte, thaz im giquetan
uuas fon tSemo kinde, inti alle thi tha^ gihortun uuarun
thaz vvuntoronte inti fon Sem thiu giquetanu vvurdun zi 175
im fom Sem hirtin. Maria uuarlihho gihielt allu thisu
uuort ahtonti in ira herzen. Vvurbun tho thie hirta
heimuuartes diurente inti got lobonte in allem them thiu
sie gihortun inti gisahun, soso zi im gisprochan uuas.

8. LXXXVII. John iv. 4-42.

87. Gilamf inan varan thuruh Samariam. Inti quam 180
tho in burg Samariae thiu dar ist giquetan Sychar, nah
uodile den dar gab Jacob Josebe sinemo sune. Uuas
dar brunno Jacobes. Der heilant uuas giuueigit fon dero
uuegeverti, sa^ so oba themo brunnen, uuas tho zit .nah
sehsta. Quam tho uuib fon Samariu sceffen uuaz^ar. 185
Tho quad iru der heilant : ' gib mir trinkan.' Sine iun-
goron giengun in burg, tha^ sie muos couftin. Tho
quad imo uuib thaz samaritanisga : ' uueo thu mit thiu

H 2

100 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Judeisg bis trinkan fon mir bitis, mit thiu bin uuib sa-
maritanisg? ni ebanbruchent Judei Samaritanis.' Tho 190
antlingita ther heilant inti quad iru : ' oba thO uuessls
gotes geba, inti uuer ist the dir quidit : gibi mir trinkan,
thu odouuan balls fon imo, thaz, he dir gabi lebenti
uuaz,z,ar.' Tho quad imo thaz, uuib : ' herro, thu nu ni
habes mit hiu scefes inti thiu fu2ze teof ist, uuanan habes 195
lebenti uuaz,z,ar? Eno thu bistu mera unsaremo fater
Jacobe, the dar gab uns den phuzi, her tranc fon imo
inti sina suni inti sin fihu ?'

Tho antuurtanti ther heilant inti quad iru: ' giuuellh de
dar trinkit fon uuaz,zare thesemo, thurstit inan abur, de aoo
dar trinkit fon thesemo uuaz,z,are thaz, ih gibu, ni thurstit
7.1 euuidu, ouh uuaz.z.ar, thaz, ih imo gibu, ist in imo
brunno uuaz,z,ares ufspringanti in euuln lib.' Tho quad
zi imo thaz, uuib : ' herro, gib mir thaz. uuaz^ar, thaz. mih
ni thurste noh ni queme hera scephen.' Tho quad iru 305
der heilant : ' var inti halo thinan gomman inti quim.'
Antuurtanti daz, uuib inti quad : ' ni habu gomman.'
Tho quad iru der heilant : ' uuola quadi, thaz, thu ni
habes gomman; thu habetos finf gomman inti den thu nu
habes, nistdln gomman, thaz, quadi du uuar.' Tho quad 210
imo thaz, uuib : ' herro, ih gisihu daz, thu uu!z,ogo bif t.
Unsara fatera in thesemo berge betotun, inti ir quedent,
uuanta in Hierusalem ist stat dar gilimphit zi bettonne.'
Tho quad iru der heilant : ' uuib, giloubi mir, uuanta
quimit zlt, danna noh in thesemo berge noh in Hieruso- 215
limis betot ir fater. Ir bettot daz, ir ni uuiz,z.unt, uuir
betomes daz, uuir uuiz,z.umes, uuanta heill fon Judeis ist.
Ouh quimit zlt inti nu ist, danna thie uuaron betere
betont den fater in geiste inti in uuare, uuanta der fater

T ATI AN 1 01

sulicha suochit de dar beton inan. Geist ist got inti the 320
dar inan betont, in geiste inti uuare gilimfit zi betonne.'
Tho quad imo daz, uuib : ' ih uuei^, uuanta Messias
quimit, the giquetan ist Crist; thanne her quimit, her
gisaget uns alliu.' Tho quad iru der heilant : ' ih bin
the sprichu mit thir.' 225

Inti sliumo quamun tho sina iungoron inti uuntrotun
bi hiu her mit uulbe sprachi. Neman ni quad thoh :
' uuaz. suochis odo uuaz. sprichis mit iru ? ' Vorliez, tho
iru uuaz,z,arfaz, daz, uulb inti fuor in burg inti sagata then
mannun : ' quemet inti gisehet then man the mir quad 230
alliu so uuelichu so ih teta, eno nist her Crist ? ' Tho
giengun sie uz, fon dero burgi inti quamun zi imo. —
Untar diu batun inan sina iungoron sus quedente :
' meister, iz,.' Her quad in tho : ' ih muos haben zi
ez,z,enna thaz, ir ni uuiz^unt.' Tho quadun the iungoron 235
untar in zuisgen : ' eno ni brahta imo uuer zi ez.z.anna ? '
Tho quad in der heilant : ' mm muos ist thaz, ih uuirche
thes uuillon the mih santa, thaz, ih thuruhfreme sin uuerc.
Eno ni quedet ir, thaz, noh nu vior manoda sint inti arn
quimit ? ih quidu iu : hebet uf iuuariu ougun inti sehet 240
thiu lant, bidiu siu uuT^u sint iu zi arni. Inti the dar
arnot mieta intfahit inti samonot fruht in euuin lib, tha^
der the sahit saman giveha inti the thar arnot. In thiu
ist uuar uuort : uuanta andar ist the sahit inti ander ist
the arnot. Ih santa iuuuih zi arnonne thaz, ir ni arbei- 245
totut, andre arbeitotun inti ir in iro arbeit ingiengunt.'

Fon dero burgi manege giloubtun in inan thero Samari-
tanorum thuruh uuort thes uuibes giuui^scaf imo sa-
gantes : ' uuanta quad mir alliu thiu ih teta '. Tho sie zi
imo quamun the Samaritani, batun inan, thaz, her dar 250

102 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

uuonatT. Inti uuonata dar zuuena taga; inti michilu
menigiron giloubtun thuruh sm uuort inti themo uulbe
quadun : ' bidiu uuir iu nalles thuruh dina spracha gilou-
bemes; uuir selbon gihortomes inti uuiz^umes, uuanta
zi uuara theser ist heilant mittilgartes.' 255

9. CXXXVI. Luke ix. 51-54.

136. Uuard tho, mit thiu gifullite uuarun taga smeru
nunfti, inti her sm annuci festinota, thaz. her fuori zi
Hierusalem, santa boton furi sih ; inti farenti giengun in
burg thero Samaritano, thaz^ sia imo garauuitin. Inti sie
nintfiengun inan, uuanta sin annuci uuas farenti ci 260
Hierusalem. Tho thaz, gisahun sine iungiron Jacobus
inti Johannes, quadun : ' trohtln, uuil thu, thaz. uuir
quedemes thaz, fiur nidarstige fon himile inti forbrenne

sie ? ' Her tho ci in giuuentit increbota sie ; inti giengun
in andera burg. 265

10. CXXXVII.

137. 1Ther heilant er sehs tagon ostron quam ci
Bethaniu, thar da uuas Lazarus tot, then dar eruuacta
ther heilant. 2 Mit diu her uuas in Bethania in huse
Simones thes horngibruoder, s forstuont mihil menigi fon
then Judein thaz^ her thar ist inti quamun nalles thurah 270
then heilant eckrodo, oh tha^ sie Lazarusan gisahin then
her eruuacta fon tode. Thie Pharisei quathun ci in
selbon : ' gisehet ir tha^ uuir niouuiht ni dihemes ; senunu

al thisiu uueralt ferit after imo.' Thahtun thie heroston
thero heithafton, tha^ sie Lazarusan ersluogln, uuanta 2 75

1 John xii. I. 2 Mark xiv. .^. 3 John xii. 9, xix. 10, xi. 2.

T ATI AN 103

manage thurah inan erfuoron fon then Judaein inti
giloubtun in then heilant. Tatun imo thar abandmuos
inti Martha ambahtita, Lazarus uuas ein there thie mit
imo sazun.

11. CXXXVIII.

138. 1 Maria 2habenti salbfaz, salbun fon narthu gitana 280
diura inti gibrohanemo goz, ubar sin houbit 3 linentes

4 inti salbota sine fuo^i inti suarb mit ira locon, inti thaz,
hus uuas gifullit fon themo stanke thera salbun. Tho
quad ein fon sinen iungiron, Judas Scarioth, ther inan
uuas selenti : ' bihiu ni uuirdit thiu salba forcoufit uuidar 285
thriuhunt pfennigon inti gigeban thurftigon ? ' Tha^ quad
her, nalles fon then armon ni gilamf ci imo, oh bithiu
uuanta her thiob uuas inti sehhil habenti thiu thar
gisentidiu uuarun truog siu. 5 Uuarun sume unuuerdllho
tragenti untar in selben inti quedenti : ' ziu ist forlust 290
therra salbun gitan ? ' 6 Uuiz.z.enti thaz, ther heilant quad

in : ' ziu birut ir hefige themo uuibe ? guot uuerc uuirkit
siu in mir. 7Ir habet simbulun thurftigon mit iu, inti
thanne ir uuollet mugut in uuola tuon ; mih ni habet ir
simbulun. * Sententi thisiu thesa salbun in mlnan llha- 295
mon teta mih ci bigrabanne. Uuar quidih iu, so uuar
gipredigot uuirdit thiz evangelium in alleru uueralti, ist
giquetan inti thaz, thisiu teta in ira gimunt.'

9 Thaz. gisehenti thie Fariseus thien thara ladota quad
sus in imo selbemo : ' oba theser uuari uui^ago, her 300
uuessi iz_ giuuesso uuiollh inti uuelih uulb thaz uuas, thiu

1 John xii. 3. 2 Mark xiv. 3. s Matt. xxvi. 7. * John xii. 3-6.

5 Mark xiv. 4. 6 Matt. xxvi. 10. 7 Mark xiv. 7. 8 Matt. xxvi. 12, 13.
9 Luke vii. 39-50.

104 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

inan ruorit ; uuanta siu suntig ist.' Antlingita ther heilant,
quad ci imo : ' Simon, ih haben thir sihuua^ ci quedanne.'
Her quad tho : ' meistar, quid ! ' ' Zuene sculdlgon uuarun
sihuuellhemo inllhere ; ein solta finf hunt pfenningo, ander 305
solta finfzug : in tho ni habenten uuanan sie gultln, tho
forgab her giuuederemo. Uuedaran minnota her mer ? '
Tho antlingita Simon inti quad: 'ih uuaniu thaz. ther
themo her mera forgab/ Her quad imo tho : ' rehto
duomtos.' Inti giuuant ci themo uuibe quad : ' Simon, 310
gisihisttu thiz uuib? Ingieng ih in thin hus, uuaz.zar ni
gabi thu minen fuoz,on ; thisiu abur mit ira zaharin lacta
inti mit ira fahsu suarb. Cus mir ni gabi; thisiu fon
thes siu ingieng ni bilan siu cussan mine fuozj. Mit oliu
mm houbit ni salbotostu; thisiu mit salbun salbota mine 31 5
fuo^^i. Thurah tha^ quidih thir: sint iru forlaz,ano
manago sunta5 uuanta siu minnota filu. Themo min
uuirdit forla^an, min minnot.' Tho quad her zi iru:
' forla^ano sint thir sunta.' Tho bigondun thie dar saman
sa^^un quedan inan in : ' uuer ist theser, thie dar sunta 320
forlazjt ? ' Tho quad her ci themo uuibe : ' thin giloubo
teta thih heila, far in sibbu.' l Thesen giquetanen gieng
stigenti zi Hierusalem.

12. CXXXIX. John xii. 20-36.
139. Uuarun heidane sume fon then thie dar stigun
tha^ sie betotin in themo itmalen tage. Thie giengun ci 325
Philippe, ther uuas fon Bethsaidu Galileae, inti baiun
inan sus quedenti : ' herro, uuir uuollemes then heilant
gisehan.' Tho quam Philippus inti quad Andreae,
Andreas abur inti Philippus quadun themo heilante.
1 Matt. xx. 17.

TATIAN 105

Ther heilant antlingita in quedenti : ' cumit cit in theru 330
gidiurit uuirdit mannes sun. Uuar uuar quidih iu, nibi
tha^ corn thinkiles fallenti in erda tot uuirdit, thaz^ selba
eino uuonet ; ob \% erstirbit, managan uuahsmon bringit.
Thie dar minnot sin ferah, thie forliose^ ; thie dar haz.zpt
sin ferah in therru uueralti, in euuin lib giheltit i%. Oba 335
uuer mir ambahte, mir folge : thar ih bin thar ist min
ambaht ; oba uuer mir ambahtit, inan giheret mm fater.
Nu mm sela gitruobit ist. Inti uua^ quidu? Fater,
giheili mih fon theru stuntu ! Thurah tha^ quam ih in
thesa cit. Fater giberehto thman namon ! ' Quam stemma 340
fon himile : ' inti giberehtota inti abur giberehton.'

Thiu menigi thiu dar stuont inti gihorta quadun thaz
thonar gitan uuari, andere quadun : ' engil sprah zi imo.'
Tho antlingita ther heilant inti quad : ' nalles thurah
mih thisiu stemma quam, oh thurah iuuuih. Nu ist duom 345
thesses mittilgartes, nu ther herosto thesses mittilgartes
uuirdit eruuorpfan u^. Inti ih, ob ih erhaban uuirdu fon
erdu, alliu thinsu zi mir selbemo.' Tha^ quad her gizei-
hanonti uuellhemo tode sterbenti uuari. Tho antlingita
imo thiu menigi : ' uuir gihortumes fon theru evvu uuanta 350
Christ uuonet zi euuidu ; inti vvuo quidistu : gilinpfit zi
erhefanne mannes sun ? Uuer ist ther mannes sun ? '
Tho quad ther heilant : ' noh nu ist lucil lioht in iu. Geet
unz ir lioht habet, tha^ iuuuih finstarnessi ni bifahe ; thie
dar in finstarnesse geet ni uuei^ uuara her ferit. Mit 355
diu ir lioht habet, giloubet in lioht, thaz ir liohtes barn sit.'

13. CLXIX.

200. ' Thie kenphon thes graven intfiengun then
1 Matt, xxvii. 27.

io6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

heilant in themo thinchus, gisamanotun zi imo alia thia
hansa, inti inan inluuatenti 1giuuatitun inan mil 2goto-
uuebblneru tunihun 3 inti rot lahhan umbibigabun inan. 360
Inti flehtenti corona fon thornon saztun ubar sin houbit
inti rora in sma zesauun, inti giboganemo kneuue fora imo
bismarotun inan sus quedenti : ' heil cuning Judeono!' Inti
inan spluuenti intfiengun rerun inti sluogun sin houbit. Inti
after thiu bismarotun inan, intuuatitun inan lahhanes Mnti 365
gotouuebbes 5inti giuuatitun inan sinen giuuatin inti leittun
inan thaz, sien hiengin 6 tragentan imo cruci. 7 Inan
intuuatenti fundun man Cireneum 8 quementan fon thorf,9
in namen Simon hiez., 10fater Alexandres inti Rufuses,11 then
thuungun sie 12 daz. her truogi cruci after themo heilante. 370

20 1. Folgeta inan mihil menigi folkes inti uuibo, thie
dar rusjzun inti uuiofun inan. Tho uuanta sih zi in ther
heilant, quad : ' kind Hierusalem, ni cunt vvuofen ubar
mih, oh ubar iuuuih selbon vvuofet inti ubar iuuueru kind.
Uuanta nu coment taga in thendir quedet: salige sint 375
umberente inti uuambun thiede ni barun inti brusti thiode

ni sougitun. Thanne biginnent sie quedan bergon : fallet
ubar unsih ! inti nollon : bithecket unsih ! Bithiu oba sie
in gruonemo bourne thisiu tuont, uuaz, ist in themo
thurren ? ' 380

14. CLXX.

202. l8Uuarun gileittit andre zuene ubile mit imo, thag
sie uuarin erslagan. Inti after thiu sie quamun in stat
thiu dar ist giheiz,an "Golgotha, thaz. ist erreckit hamalstat,

1 Mark xv. 17. a John xix. 2. 3 Matt, xxvii. 28-31. 4 Maik
xv. 20. 5 Matt, xxvii. 37. • John xix. 17. 7 Matt, xxvii. 32.
8 Luke xxiii. 26. 9 Matt, xxvii. 32. 10 Mark xv. 21. u Matt, xxvii.
32. '2 Luke xxiii. 26-31. 13 Luke xxiii. 32. M Mark xv. 22.

TATIAtf 107

1 gabun imo gimirrotan uuln trinkan mit gallun gimisgitan,
inti mit diu her es corSta, ni uuolta trinkan. 2 Ther heilant 385
quad : ' fater, forla^ in iz,, sie ni uuiz^un uuaz^ sie duont.'

203. 'After thiu sie inan erhiengun, Mntfiengun sin
giuuati inti tatun fior deil, einero giuuellhemo kempfen
teil, inti tunichun. Uuas thiu tuniha unginait fon obanen-
tigi ubar al giuueban. Tho quadun untar in zuisgen : 390
' ni sllzenmes sia, oh lioz,emes fon iru, uues siu si.' Thaz,
giscrib uuerde gifullit quedenti : teiltun mm giuuati in inti
ubar mm giuuati santtun lo^. Inti thie kempfon tatun
thisu. 5 Inti sizenti hieltun inan.

204. 6 Inti screib titul Pilatus 7sineru sahhu inti 395
8 sazta obar sin houbit : thiz ist 9 ther heilant Nazarenisgo,
cuning Judeono. Thesan titul manage lasun thero
Judeono, uuanta nah thero burgi uuas thiu stat thar der
heilant erhangan uuas, inti uuas giscriban in ebraisgon
inti in criehisgon inti in latmisgon. Quadun tho Pilatuse 400
thie bisgoffa Judono : ' ni curi scrlban : Judono cuning.'
Tho antlingita Pilatus : ' thag ih screib tha^ screib ih/

205. IOTho uuarun erhangan mit imo zuene thioba,
ein in zeso inti ander in slna uuinistra. n Thie furivaren-
ton bismarotun inan, ruortun iro houbit inti quedenti : 405
' uuah, thie dar ziuuirpfit tempal inti in thrin tagon i^
abur gizimbrot : heili thih selbon ; oba thu gotes sun sis,
stlg nidar fon themo cruce.' Sama thie heroston thero
bisgofo bismaronti mit then buoherin inti mit then alton
quadun : ' andre teta her heilae, sih selbon ni mac heil tuon : 410

1 Matt, xxvii. 34. a Luke xxiii. 34. s Matt, xxvii. 35. * John xix.
23, 24. 5 Matt, xxvii. 36. * John xix. 19. 7 Mark xv. 26. 8 John
xix. 19; Matt, xxvii. 37. 9 John xix. 19-22. 10 Matt, xxvii. 38; Mark
xv. 27. u Matt, xxvii. 39-41.

108 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

ob iz, Israhelo cuning si, er stlge nidar fon themo cruce, 'inti
gisehemes inti giloubemes imo. 2 Her gitruuuet in got,
bithiu erlosit her inan nu, ob her inan uuili ; her quad :
uuantih gotes sun bin. Thaz, selba s ein fon then thie dar 415
hangetun thero thiobo bismarota inan quedenti : ' ob thu
sis Crist, tuo dih selbon heilan inti unsih.' Tho antlingita
ther ander, increbota inan sus quedenti : ' noh thu ni
forhtis got, thaz, thu in theru selbun nidarungu bist ? inti
uuir giuuesso rehto, uuir uuirdlgu tatin intfahemes ; 420
theser uuarllho niouuiht ubiles teta.' Inti quad zi themo
heilante : ' trohtin, gihugi mm mit diu thu cumist in thin
rihhi.' Tho quad imo ther heilant : ' uuar quiduh thir,
hiutu bistu mit mir in paradlso.'

206. * Stuontun nah themo cruce thes heilantes 5^425
muoter inti suester smera muoter, Maria Cleopases, inti
Maria Magdalenisgu. Mit diu gisah ther heilant thia
muoter inti iungiron stantentan thende her minnota, quad
slneru muoter : ' uuib, senu thin sun ! ' After thiu quad
slnen iungiron 6 : ' senu thin muoter ! ' inti fon theru ziti 430
intfieng sia ther iungiro in sina.6

207. 7Fon theru sehstun ziti finstarnessu uuarun ubar
alia erda zunzan niuntun zlt. Inti umbi thia niuntun zlt
riof ther heilant mihileru stemmu sus quedenti : ' Heli
Heli lama sabacthani ! ' tha^ ist erreckit : got mln, got 435
mm, ziu forlie^i thu mih ? Sume uuarllho thar stantente
inti gihorente quadun : ' Heliase ruofit theser.'

208. 8 After thiu uuesta ther heilant tha^ thiu allu iu
gientotu uuarun, thaz. thuruhfremit uurdi tha^ giscrib,

1 Mark xv. 32. 2 Matt, xxvii. 43, 44. 3 Luke xxiii. 39-43- * John
xix. 25-27. s Deinde dicit discipulo : 6 accepit earn discipulus in sua.
7 Matt, xxvii. 45-47. 8 John xix. 28, 29.

TATIAN

109

quad : ' ih thurstu.' Faz, uuas thar gisezzit fol ez^iches, 440
1 inti sliumo liof ein fon in, intfagana spunga fulta sia
ezzjches inti sazta anan rora inti gab imo trinkan.

I Thode intfieng ther heilant then ez.zjh, quad : ' gientot
ist.' * Thie andre quadun : ' laz, nu, gisehemes, oba come
Helias losenti inan.' Ther heilant abur ruofenti mihileru 445
stemmu * : ' fater in thlno henti biviluhu ih minan geist ! '

5 inti nidar gihelditemo houbite ' santa then geist.

209. Senu tho lahan thes tempales zislizz.an uuas in
zuei teil fon obanentic zunzan nidar. Inti erda giruorit
uuas, inti steina gisli^ane uuarun, inti grebir uurdun 450
giofanotu. Inti manage lihamon heilagero, thie dar
sliefun, erstuontun. Inti uzgangenti fon grebiron after

iro urrestl quamun in thia heilagun burc inti erougtun
sih managen.

210. Ther hunteri inti thie mit imo uuarun bihaltenti 455
then heilant, gisehenemo erdgiruornessi inti then dar
uuarun, forhtun in thrato, 7 got diurisonti inti quedenti :

' theser man rehtllho ist uuarllho gotes sun.' 8 Inti al iro
menigi thie dar saman uuarun zi thesemo uuabarsiune
inti gisahun thiu dar uuarun, slahenti iro brusti uuidar- 460
uurbun fer; 9inti managu uulb, 10thiu dar mit imo saman
ufstigun fon Galileu zi Hierusalem, nuntar then uuas
Maria Magdalenisgu inti Maria Jacobes 12thes minneren
inti Josebes muoter inti Salome, " muoter kindo Zebe-
theen, mit diu her uuas in Galileu, folgetun imo " thisu 465
gisehenti.

1 Matt, xxvii. 48. a John xix. 30. 3 Matt, xxvii. 49. 4 Luke
xxiii. 46. 5 John xix. 30. 6 Matt, xxvii. 50-54. 7 Luke xxiii. 47 ;
Mark xv. 39. 8 Luke xxiii. 48. * Matt, xxvii. 55. lo Mark xv. 41.

II Matt, xxvii. 56. la Mark xv. 41. 13 Matt, xxvii. 56. M Luke
xxiii. 49.

HO OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

211. *Judei uuarlicho, uuantag friietag uuas, thaz ni
bilibin in themo cruce thie lihamon in samba^tag (uuas
giuuesso mihil ther samba^tag), batun Pilatum, thaz, sie
brachln iro gibeiniu, inti uurdln thana ginomane. Quamun 470
thie kempfon inti thes eristen giuuesso brahun gibeinu,
in thes andres thie dar mit imo erhangan uuas. Tho sie
zi themo heilante quamun, sose inan gisahun iu totan, ni
brachun sinu gibeinu. Oh ein thero kemphono mit speru
sina sita giofanota, inti sliumo u^gieng bluot inti uuaz^ar. 475
Tha^ giscrib uuari gifullit * : bein ni brehet ir fon imo.
Abur ander giscrib quidit: gisahun in thende sie anastahun.

15. ST. MATTHEW.
a. Matt. xii. 31-50, xiii. i.

62,8-12. Bithiu quidu ih iu : 'iogiuuellh sunta inti
bismarunga uuirdit furlaz.gan mannun, thes geistes bis-
marunga ni uuirdit furla^an. Inti so uuer so quidit uuort 480
uuidar then mannes sun, uuirdit imo furla^an; thie thar
quidit uuidar themo heilagen geiste, ni uuirdit imo
furla^an noh in therro uuerolti noh in thero zuouuartiin.
Odo tuot guotan bourn inti sinan uuahsmon guotan, odo
tuot ubilan bourn inti sinan uuahsmon ubilan, giuuesso 485
fon themo uuahsmen thie boum uuirdit furstantan. Barn
natrdno, vvuo mugut ir guotu sprehhan, mit thiu ir ubile
birut ? Fon ginuhtsaml thes herzen sprihhit thie mund.
Guot man fon guotemo tresouue bringit guotu inti ubil
man fon ubilemo tresouue bringit ubilu. Ih quidu iu, tha:§ 490
iogiuuelih uuort unnuzzi, thaz^ man sprehhenti sint, geltent
reda fon themo in tuomes tage. Fon thinen uuorton uuir-
distu girehfestigot inti fon thinen uuorton uuirdistu for-

nidarit.'

1 John xix. 31-37. 2 ut scriptura impleatur.

TATIAN ill

57. Tho antlingitun imo sumefon then buohharin inti 495
Phariseis quedante : ' meistar, uuir uuollen fon thir
zeichan gisehan.' Th5 antlinginti quad in : ' ubil cunni
inti furlegan suohhit zeihhan, inti zeihhan ni uuirdit imo
gigeban, nibi zeihhan Jonases thes uui^agen. Soso uuas
Jonas in thes uuales uuambu thri taga inti thriio naht, so 500
ist mannes sun in herzen erdu thri taga inti thriio naht.
Thie Nineviscun man arstantent in tuome mit thesemo
cunne inti furniderent iz,, uuanta sie riuua tatun in pre-
digungu Jonases, senu hier ist mera thanne Jonas !
Sundirlnu cuningin arstentit in tuome mit thesemo cunne 505
inti furnidirit iz,, uuanta siu quam fon ente erdu zi
horenne spahida Salamones, senu hier ist mera thanne
Salamon ! Ih quidu iu, uuanta manage quamun fon ente
erdun horen spahida Salamones, inti bithiu hier ist mera
Salamone. Thanne thie unsubiro geist u^get fon themo 510
manne, gengit thuruh thurro steti, suohhit restl inti ni
findit. Thanne quidit : ih uuirbu in mm hus thanan ih
uzgieng, inti quementi findit zuomlgaz. mit besemen
gifurbit inti gigaruuit. Thanne ferit inti nimit sibun
geista andere mit imo uuirsiron thanne her si, inti in- 515
gangente artont thar, inti sint thanne thie iungistun thes
mannes uuirsirun then erirun. So ist thesemo cunne
themo uuirsisten/

59. Imo noh thanne sprehhentemo zi then menigln,
senu sin muoter inti sine bruoder stuontun uze, suohtun 520
inan zi gisprehhanne. Tho quad imo sum : ' senu thin
muoter inti thine bruoder stantent uze suohhente thih.'
Her tho antlinginti imo sus quedantemo quad : ' uuie ist
mm muoter inti uuie sint mine bruoder ? ' Thenita sina
hant in sine iungiron inti quad: 'senu min muoter inti 525

112 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

mine bruoder ! So uuer so tuot uuillon mines fater ther
in himile ist, ther ist mm bruoder inti suester inti muoter.'
70, 2. Inti Q^gangenti fon themo huse sag nan themo
seuue.

b. Matt. xiii. 41-53.

76, 5. Sentit thie niannes sun sine engila, inti arlesent 530
fon slnemo rihhe allu asuih inti thie thar tuont unreht inti
sentent sie in ovan fiures, thar ist vvuoft inti stridunga
zeno. Thanne rehte skment samaso sunna in rihhe iro
fater. Thie thar habe orun thie h5re.

77, Gilih ist rihhi himilo treseuue giborganemo in 535
accare, tha^ thie 13 findit man gibirgit inti bl gifehen sines
gengit inti furcoufit ellu thiu her habet inti coufit accar
then. Abur gilih ist rihhi himilo manne suohhentemo
guote merigrio^a. Fundanemo thanne einemo diuremo
merigrioz.e gieng inti furcoufta ellu thiu her habeta inti 540
coufta then. Abur gilih ist rihhi himilo seginu giuuor-
phaneru in seo inti fon allemo cunne fisgo gisamanontero.
Thiu mit diu gifullit uuas ugnemente inti bi stedu sizente
arlasun thie guoton in faz,, thie ubilon uz,vvurphun. So
uuirdit in fullidu uuerolti ; u^gangent engila inti arskeident 545
ubile fon mittemen rehtero inti sentent sie in ovan fiures,
thar uuirdit vvuoft inti clafunga zenio. ' Furstuontut ir
thisu elliu ? ' Quadun sie imo : ' ia.' Quad her in :

' bithiu giuuelih buohhari gilerter in rihhe himilo gilih ist
manne fatere hluuiskes thie thar frambringit fon slnemo 550
treseuue nivvu inti altiu.'

78, i. Uuard th5, tho gifulta ther heilant these ratissa,
fuor thana.

T ATI AN 113

c. Matt. xxii. 1-3.

124, 7. Tho antlinginti ther heilant quad in abur in
ratissun : 555

125. Gilih ist gitan himilo rihhi manne cuninge thie
teta brutloufti sinemo sune inti * giholola manage. Zi
thero ziti thero goumu santa sine scalca zi halonne thie
giladotun zi thero brutloufti, inti sie ni uuoltun quemen. —
Abur santa her andere scalca sus quedanti : ' quedet then 560
giladotun : seno mm tagamuos garuuita ih, mine ferri
inti paston sint arslaganu inti allu garuuu : quemet zi
thero brutloufti.' Sie tho furgoumolosotun i^ inti fuorun
ander in sin thorph, ander zi sinemo coufe. Thie andere
gifiengun sine scalca inti mit harmu giuueigite arsluogun. 565
Thie cuning tho, mit thiu her thaz, gihorta, arbalg sih inti
gisanten sinen herin furlos thie manslagon inti iro burg
bibranta. Tho quad her sinen scalcun : ' thio brutloufti
sint garuuo, ouh thie thar giladote uuarun ni uuarun
uuirdlge. Faret zi uz.gange uuego, * in strata inti in 570
thorph inti in burgi, inti so uuelihe ir findet, 2 thurftlge
inti uuanaheile inti blinte inti halze, giladot zi thero
brutloufti.' — Giengun tho uz. sine scalca in uuega inti
samanotun alle thie sie fundun, ubile inti guote, inti
gifulto uuarun thio brutlofti sizentero. Gieng tho in ther 575
cuning, thaz. her gisahi thie sizentun, inti gisah thar man
ungiuuatitan brutlouftlihhemo giuuate. Inti quad imo:

' friunt, vvuo giengi thu hera in ni habenti giuuati
brutlouftllh ? ' Tho quad ther cuning then ambahton :
' gibuntanen sinen fuo^in inti hentin sentet in in thiu 580
u^orostun finstarnessu, thar ist vvuoft inti stridunga zeno.
Manage sint giladote, fohe gicorane.'

1 Luke xiv. 16, 17. 3 Lake xiv. 21.

WRIGHT I

1 14 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

d. Matt, xxiii. 16-24.

141, 14. Uue iu, blinte leitida, thiede quedet : s5 uuer
so suerit bi themo temple [ther] nist niouuiht ; therde
suerit in gold temples, seal. Dumbe inti blinte, uuedar 585
ist mera, thaz gold oda templum thag d5r heilagSt gold ?
Inti so uuer so suerit in alttere, niouuiht ist ; so uuer so
suerit in theru gebu, thaz dar ubar thaz ist, seal. Blinte,
uuedar ist mera, thiu geba odo ther altteri therde giheila-
got thia geba ? Thiede suerit in themo alttere ther suerit 590
in themo inti in alien thiu thar ubar imo sint ; inti thie
dar suerit in themo temple suerit in imo inti in themo
thie dar artot in imo ; therde suerit in himile ther suerit
in gotes sedale inti in themo therde sizit obar thaz. Uue
iu scrlberin inti Pharisei llchezera, ir de dezemot minzun 595
inti dilli inti cumin 1 inti rutitn inti iogiuuelicho uurct, inti
forliezut thiu dar hevlgerun sint euua, duom inti miltida
inti treuuua * inti gotes minna. Thisiu gilampf zi tuonne
inti thiu ni zi forlazzanne. Leitidon blintero, sihenti
mucgun, olbentun suelgenti. 600

e. Matt, xxiii. 28-35.

141, 23. So ir uzzana giuuesso erouget iuuuih mannon
rehte, innana birut ir folle lichezennes inti unrehtes. —
Uue iu scriberin inti Pharisein, Hchezera, bithiu uuanta ir
zimbrot grebir uulzzagono inti garauuet grebir rehtero
inti quedet : oba uuir uuarin in tagon unsero fatero, ni 605
uuarimes iro ginozza in bluote thero uuiz^agono. Ir
birut urcundon selbon, bithiu ir iro kind birut thie dar
uuizagon sluogun; inti ir gifullet mez iuuuero fatero.
Berd natrono, vvuo fliohet ir fon duome helliuuizzes ?
1 Luke xi. 49.

TATIAN II5

1 Bithiu quad thiu gotcunda spahida : ih sentu zi in uuif- 610
qagon inii baton inti spahe inti scribera, fon then slahet
ir inti hahet inti fon then fillet ir in iuuueren samanungon
inti ahtet fon burgi zi burgi, tha^ queme ubar iuuuih
iogiuuelih bluot rehta^ tha^ ergoz^an uuard ubar erda, fon
bluote thes rehten Abel io unzan bluot Zachariases thes 615
Barachiases sunes, then ir sluogut untar themo temple
inti themo altere.

f. Matt. xxiv. 29-35.

145, 19. Sliumo after arbeiti thero tago sunna uuirdit
bifinstrit, inti mano ni gibit sm lioht, inti sterron fallent
fon himile, inti megin himilo sint giruorit ; inti thanne 620
erougit sih zeichan thes mannes sunes in himile, inti
thanne vvuofit sih allu erdcunnu; inti gisehent mannes
sun comentan in himiles uuolkanon mit managemo megine
inti mihilnesse. Thanne sentit sine engila mit trumbun
inti mihileru stemmu, inti gisamanont sine gicoranon fon 62 5
nor uuinton, fon hoh! himilo io unz iro enti.

146, i. Fon bourne flguno lernet gillhnessi. Mit diu
iu sin zuelga muruuui uuirdit inti bletir giboraniu — ,
uuizzjt tha^ iu nah ist sumar. So ir, mit diu ir gisehet
thisu alliu uuesan, uuiz.zjt tha^ her nah ist in duron. 630
Uuar quidih iu, bithiu uuanta ni vorferit thiz cunni er
thanne alliu thisu uuerdent. Himil inti erda farent, minu
uuort ni vorfarent.

g. Matt, xxviii. 16—20.

241. Einlif iungoron giengun in Galileam in then berg
thar in ther heilant gimarcota, inti gisehenti inan betotun 635
inan, sume giuuesso zuuehotun.

1 Luke xi. 49.

I 2

ri6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

242. Inti sprah in zuo quedenti: gigeban 1st al giuualt
mir in himile inti in erdu. l Get in alia uueralt, praedigot
evangelium allera giscefti inti leret alle thiota, toufenti sie
in namen fater inti sunes inti thes heilagen geistes, leret 640
sie zt bihaltanne alliu so uuelichiu si ih iu gibot. Inti
senu ih bin mit iu alien tagon unzan enti uueralti.

16. Matt. vi. 9-13.

34, 6. Fater unser, thu thar bist in himile, si giheilagSt
thin namo, queme thin rihhi, si thin uuillo, so her in himile
ist, s5 si her in erdu, unsar brot tagalihha^ gib uns hiutu, 645
inti furlaz. uns unsara sculdi, so uuir furlaz,emes unsaren
sculdigon, inti ni gileitest unsih in costunga, u^ouh arlosi
unsih fon ubile.

II
PSALMS

From the fragments of a translation of the Psalms, in the Alemanic
dialect of the ninth century. The manuscript, now consisting of three
leaves only, was first published by Schmeller in Steichele's Btitragen zur
Geschichte des Bisthums Augsburg, and then later also in the Germania,
ii. 98-105.

1. Ps. cxvi.

Ih mt'nnofa, pidiu kehorta truhtln stimma des kebetes
mines. 2. Danta kineicta ora sinaz. mir, inti in tagon
minen kinemmu dih. 3. UmbiselitSn mih seher des
todes, zaala dera hella funtun mih. 4. Arabeit inti seher
fand, inti namon truhtines kinamta. 5. Uuolago truhtin, 5
erlosi sela mina. kenadiger truhtin inti rehter, inti got
unser kenadit. 6. Kehaltanti luzcik truhtin : kedemuater
pirn inti arlosta mih. 7. Uuerbi, sela mina, in resti dina,
1 Mark xvi. 15.

PSALMS 117

danta truhtln uuolateta dir. 8. Danta erlosta sela mlna
fona tode, ougun miniu fona zaharim, fuo^e mine fona 10
slippe.

2. Ps. cxxiv.

da^j truhtin uuas in uns, quede nu Israhel:
daz, truhtin uuas in uns, 2. denne arisant in unsih,
odouuila lebente farslintant unsih; denne arbolgan ist
heiz^muotl iro in unsih, 3. odouuila uua^er pisaufta unsih. 1 5
4. Leuuinnun durahfuor sela unseriu : odouuila durahfuor
sela unseriu uua^er unfardraganlih. 5. Kiuulhter truhttn
der ni kap unsih in kefangida cenim iro. 6. Sela
unseriu soso sparo kecriftiu ist fona seide imeidenontero:
seid farmulitaz, ist, inti uuer erlSsta pirumes. 7. Zuo- 20
helpha unseriu in namin truhtines, der teta himil inti herda.

3. Ps. cxxx.

Fona tiuffem hereta ce dih, truhtin. 2. Truhtin,
kehori stimma mlna. sin orun diniu anauuartentiu in
stimma des kebetes mines. 3. Ubi unreht //'haltis, truhtin,
uuer &stat \m ? 4. Danta mittih kenad<z ist, duruh 25
uui^^ud tinan fardolata dih, truhtin ; fardolata sela miniu
in uuorte sinemo, 5. uuanta sela miniu in truhtme.
6. Fona /zhaltidu morganllhero unzin ce naht uuane
Israhel in truhtlne. 7. Danta mit truhtlnan kinada inti
kinuhtsamziw mit inan erlosida. 8. Inti her erlosit 30
Israhelan fona alien unrehtew sinen.

HI

ST. EMMEBAMEB GEBET,

written in the Bavarian dialect of the ninth century.
Trohtln, dir uuirdu ih pigihtik allero minero suntono
enti missatateo, alles deih eo missasprah edo missateta

n8 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

aedo missadahta, uuorto, enti uuercho enti kadanccho, des
ih kyhukkiu aedo ni kihukku, des ih uuigzjanto kiteta sedo
unuuigganto, notac aedo unnotac, slaffanto aedo uuahento : 5
meinsuuarteo enti lukmo, kyridono enti unrehtero fizus-
heito, huorono so uue s5 ih so kiteta, enti unrehtero
firinlusteo in muose enti in tranche enti in unrehtemo
slaffe ; dag du mir, trohtln, kanist enti kanada farkip enti
daz, ih fora dinen augon unscamanti si, enti dag ih in 10
derru uueroltti mlnero suntono riuun enti harmscara
hapan moz,i. solTho so dino miltida sin, alles uualtenteo
trohtln, kot almahtlgo, kauuerdo mir helfan enti kauuerdo
mir farkepan kanist enti kanada in dinemo rihe.

Kot almahtigo, kauuerdo mir helfan enti kauuigzjda 15
mir ia furistentida ia gaotan uuillun saman mit rehten
galaupon mir fargepan za dinemo dionoste. trohtin, du
in desa uueralt quami suntige za ganerienne, kauuerdo
mih cahaltan enti kanerien. Christ, cotes sun, uuiho
trohtin, soso du uuelles enti dino Canada sin, tuo pi mih ao
suntigun enti unuuirdlgun scalh dlnan, uuiho truhtin,
kanadlgo got, kauuerdo mir helfan suntikemo enti farta-
nemo dinemo scalhe uuanentemo dlnero kanadono.
enstigo enti milteo trohtin, du eino uueist uueo mino
durfti sint: in dino kanada enti in dino miltida, uuiho 25
truhtin, pifilhu mm herza ia minan cadanc ia mlnan
uuillun ia mlnan mot ia mlnan lip ia miniu uuort ia
mlniu uuerh. leisti, uuiho truhtin, dino kanada in mir
suntigin enti unuuirdlgin scalhe dinemo : kauuerdo mih
canerien fona allemo upile. 30

OTFRID 119

IV

OTFKID

There is hardly a poet in the Old or Middle High German literature
who at the same time is so well known, and yet so unknown as Otfrid.
Almost all biographical works from Trithemius up to modem times,
the annals of the Benedictine Order, the histories of many monasteries,
ihe Chronicles of Elsass, &c., — all mention the celebrated ' monachus
Wizanburgensis,' and tell us much about his knowledge and talents, but
we leam from all these sources scarcely more than we are able to
gather from his own work.

So much is, however, certain, that he was a pupil of the renowned
Fulda abbot Rhabanus Maurus: 'A Rhabano Mauro,' says he in his
letter to Archbishop Liutbert of Mainz, ' educata parnm mea parvitas
est.' It is also quite certain from his letter to the two St. Gallen monks,
Hartmuat and Werinbert, that at a later period he lived in the monastery
at Weissenburg in Elsass, where he also wrote, about 870 A. D., his
Evangelienbuch or Evangelienharmonie, containing the Vita et passio
Christi in the Rhenish Franconian dialect, and dedicated the work to
the Emperor Ludwig.

The exact dates of the poet's birth and death are unknown. It has
been shown with great probability that Otfrid's native place was some-
where in the Speiergau on the Middle Rhine. And with this assumption
also agrees the fact that Otfrid always speaks of himself as being a
Frank, and designates his language as Franconian.

The whole work is divided into five books. Otfrid himself seems to
have felt that it might seem strange why his poem was divided into five
books since there were only four Gospels ; and he therefore expresses
the reason of this division in the following words : — ' Hos in quinqne
ideo distinxi,' says he, ' quia eorum qnadrata aequalitas sancta nostrorum
quinque sensuum inaequalitatem ornat, et superflua in nobis quaeque
non solum actuum verum etiam cogitationum vertunt in elevationem
caelestium.* From this it follows that Otfrid's poem is by no means to
be regarded as a mere translation of the four Gospels, and that Otfrid
sought to furnish anything but a translation. It was rather his intention
to give an account of the life and teaching of Christ, based partly on
the Gospels, but partly also on other sources, the most important of
which were : —

120 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

(i) Rhabanus Mauros : ' Expositio in Matthaeum,' for the Gospel of
St. Matthew.

(a) Beda : ' Expositio in Lucam,' for the Gospel of St. Luke.

(3) Alcuin : ' Commentaria super lohannem,' for the Gospel of St. John.
' De divinis officiis,' for the first chapter of Book V. ' De fide sanctae
et individuae trinitatis,' for the twenty-third chapter of Book V.

(4) The works of Pope Gregory and St. Augu'stine.

A very handy edition of the poem is by O. Erdmann, Halle, 1882.
In the following extracts Otfrid's stress accents have been retained, but
for practical reasons I have thought it advisable to mark the long vowels
of stem syllables.

LIBER EVANGELIORUM PRIMUS.
4. I. Cur scriptor hunc librum theotisce dictaverit.
Vuas liuto filu in fli^e, in managemo dgalei^e,

sie thaz, in scrip gicleiptin, thaz, sie iro namon breit-

tin;
Sie the*s in io gilicho fli^un gualllcho,

in buachon man gime'inti thio iro chuanheiti.
Tharana datun sie ouh thaz, duam : 6ugdun iro uufs-

duam, 5

6ugdun iro cldini in thes tfhtonnes reini.
1^ ist dl thuruh not so kldino gir^dinot,

i^ dunkal eigun fiintan, zisamane gibuntan,
Sie ouh in thfu gisagetin, thag then thio buah nir-

smahetin,

ioh uu61 er sih firuue'sti, then Idsan i^ gilusti. ib
Zi thiu mag man ouh ginoto managero thfoto
hiar namon nu gizdllen ioh suntar gine'nnen.
Sar Kriachi ioh Romani i^ machont so gizami,

i^ machont sie al ginistit, so thfh es uuola lustit;
Sie machont iz, so r^hta^ ioh so fflu sldhta^, 15

iz ist gifuagit al in ein selp so hdlphantes bein.

OTFRID 121

Thie dati man giscnbe theist marines lust zi libe ;

nim g6uma thera dfhtta, thaz, hursgit thina drdhta.
1st i^ prosun slihti, thaz, drdnkit thih in rfhti;

odo metres kl^ini, theist g6uma filu re*ini. 20

Sie duent i^ filu siiazj, ioh me'z.ent sie thie fuazi,

thie le"ngi ioh thie kurti, thei^ gilustllcha^ vuurti.
£igun sie iz, bithe*nkit, tha^ sfllaba in ni uu^nkit,

sies alles uuio ni ruachent, ni so thie fua^i suachent.
Ioh dllo thio ziti so zdltun sie bi noti ; 25

13 mf^it ana baga al io sullh uuaga.
Yrfurbent sie iz. r^ino ioh hdrto filu kle*ino,

selb so mdn thuruh not sina^ k6rn reinot.
Ouh selbun buah frono irrdinont sie so scono :

thar lisist scona gilust ana theheiniga akust. 30

Nu es fflu manno inthihit, in sma zungun scribit,

ioh ilit, er gigahe, tha^ sfnaz, io gihohe :
Uudnana sculun Frdncon dinon tha^ biuudnkon,

ni sie in frdnkisgon bigfnnen, sie gotes 16b singen ?
Nfst si so gisungan, mit re'gulu bithuungan, 35

si habet thoh thia rfhti in sconeru slfhtti.

X ^ ±

Hi du zi note, thei^ scono thoh gilute,

ioh g6tes uui^od thanne tharana scono hdlle ;

tharana sfnge, i^ scono man ginenne;
in themo firstantnisse uuir gihaltan sin giuuisse. 40

^ thir uuesan sua^i : so m^^ent i^ thie fua/ji :
zit ioh thiu re'gula so ist g6tes selbes bre'diga,
Vuil thu thes uuola drahton, thii mdtar uuolles ahton,
in thina zungun uuirken duqm, ioh sconu udrs

uuolles duan : —

II io g6tes uuillen allo ziti irfullen : 45

so scribent g6tes thegana in fre'nkisgon thie regula.

122 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

In g6tes gibotes suaz,i laz, gangan thine fuaz,i,

ni laz, thir zit thes ingan : theist sconi f^rs sar

gidan.
Dfhto io thaz, zi noti theso se'hs ziti,

thaz, thd thih s5 girustes, in theru sfbuntun gire'stes. 50
Thaz, Krfstes uuort uns sdgetun, ioh druta sine uns

ze*litun,

bifora laz,u ih iz, dl, so ih bi rdhtemen seal;
Uudnta sie iz, gisungun hdrto in ^dilzungun,

mit g6te i^ alla^ rlatun, in uueVkon ouh giziartun.
Theist suaz,i ioh ouh nuzzi, inti lerit unsih uufzzi, 55

hfmilis gimdcha: bi thiu ist thaz, dnder racha.
Ziu sculun Frdnkon, so ih qudd, zi thiu e*inen uuesan

ungimah,

thie Ifutes uuiht ni dudltun, thie uuir hiar 6ba

zaltun ?
Sie sint so sdma chuani s^lb s5 thie Romani,

ni tharf man thaz, ouh rddinon, tha^ Krlachi in thes

giuufdaron. 60
Sie e*igun in zi nuzzi so sdmallcho uufzzi,

(in f^lde ioh in uualde so sint sie sdma balde),
Rihiduam ginuagi, ioh sint ouh fflu kuani,

zi uuafane snelle so sfnt thie the'gana alle.
Sie buent mit gizfugon, ioh uuarun io thes giuu6n, 65

in guatemo lante : bi thfu sint sie unscante.
Iz ist fflu feizjt, hdrto ist i^ giuudi^it

mit mdnagfalten ehtin : nfst is; bi unsen frehtin.
Zi mizze gr^bit man ouh thar er inti kiiphar,

ioh bi thfa meina isine steina ; 70

Ouh thdrazua fuagi sflabar ginuagi,

ioh le'sent thar in Idnte g61d in iro sante.

OTFRID 123

Sie sint fastmuate zi managemo guate,

zi manageru nuzzi : thaz, diient in iro uufzzi.
Sie sint fflu redie sih fianton zirrettinne; 75

ni gidurrun sies bigfnnan: sie e"igun se ubaruiinnan.
Lfut sih in nintfuarit, thaz, iro Idnt ruarit,

ni si bi fro guati in thfonon io zi noti:
loh me*nnisgon alle, ther se i^ ni untarfalle

(ih uueiz., iz, g6t uuorahta), al e"igun se iro forahta. 80
Nist Hut thaz, es bigfnne, tha^ uuidar fn ringe:

in e"igun sie i? firmdinit, mil uuafanon giz^init.
Sie lertun sie iz, mit suudrton, ndlas mit then uu6rton,

mil sp^ron filu uudsso : bi thiu f6rahten sie se n6h so.
Ni si thfot, tha^ thes gidrahte, in thiu i^ mit fn fehte, 85

thoh Me"di i^ sin ioh P^rsi, nub in es thi uufrsi.
Las ih iu in alauuar in einen buachon, ih uuei^ uuar,

sie in sfbbu ioh in ahtu sin Alexandres slahtu,
Ther uuorolti so githreuuita, mit su^rtu sia al gistre"-

uuita

untar sinen hdnton mit fflu herten banton. 90

Ioh fand in theru re'dinu, tha^ fon Maced6niu

ther Ifut in giburti giscdidiner uuiirti.
Nist untar fn thaz, thulte, tha^ kuning iro uualte,

in uu6rolti nihdine, ni si thfe si zugun h^ime ;
Odo in eVdringe dnder thes bigfnne 95

in thiheMnigemo thfete, tha^ ubar sfe gibfete.
Thes e*igun sie io nuzzi in sne"lli ioh in uufzzi:

ni intratent sie nihe'inan unz se fnan eigun heilan.
Er ist gizal ubaral io so ^dilthegan skal,

uuiser inti kuani: thero digun sie fo ginuagi. 100
Uueltit er githfuto managero liuto,

ioh zfuhit er se re"ine selb so sine heime.

124 OLD HI^H GERMAN PRIMER

Ni sfnt thie fmo ouh derien, in thiu nan Frdnkon

uuerien,

thie sndlli sine irbiten, thaz, sfe nan umbiriten.
Uuanta dllaz, tha^ sies the'nkent, sie iz, al mit g6te

uuirkent, 105

ni duent sies uufht in noti ana sin girati.
Sie sint g6tes uuorto flizjg filu hdrto,

thd^j sie tha^ gilernen, thaz, in thia buah zellen ;
Thdz, sie thes bigfnnen, i^ uz,ana gisfngen,

ioh sfe iz, ouh irfullen mit mfhilemo uufllen. no
Gidan ist es nfl redina, tha^ sie sint giiate thegana,

ouh g6te thiononti alle ioh uuisduames folle.
Nu uuill ih scriban unser he'll, euangeliono deil,

s5 uufr nu hiar bigunnun, in fr^nkisga zungun,
Thaz, sfe ni uuesen e"ino thes selben adeilo, 115

ni man in fro gizungi Kristes 16b sungi,
Ioh er ouh fro uuorto gi!6bot uuerde harto,

ther sie zfmo holeta, zi gi!6ubon slnen ladota.
Ist ther in iro lante i^ dlles uuio nintstante,

in dnder gizungi firne'man i^ ni kunni: 120

Hiar hor er fo zi guate, uua^ g6t imo gibfete,

tha^ uufr imo hiar gisiingun in fr^nkisga zungun.
Nu fre'uuen sih es alle so uuer so uu61a uuolle,

ioh so uudr si hold in miiate Frankono thfote,
Tha^ uuir Krfste sungun in unsera zungun, 125

ioh uufr ouh thaz. gile'betun, in fr^nkisgon nan

16botun.

XVII. De Stella et adventu magorum.

Nist man nihein in uuorolti, tha^ saman al irsageti,
uuio manag vuuntar vuurti zi theru druhtines giburti.

OTFRID 125

Bi thfu thaz. ih irdualta, thar f6rna ni gizalta,

scdl ih iz, mit uufllen nu suma^ hiar irzellen. 130
Tho druhtin Krist gib6ran uuard (thes mera ih sagen

nu ni thdrf);

thaz, blidi uu6rolt uuurti theru saligun gibiirti,
Tha^ ouh gidan uuurti, si in euuon ni firvuurti

(ijf uuas iru anan he'nti, tho de*t es druhtin dnti):
Tho quamun ostana in tha^ lant thie irkantun siinnun

fart, 135

st^rrono girusti : tha^ uuarun iro Ifsti.
Sie discotun thes kfndes sario th^s sinthes,

ioh kundtun ouh tho mari, tha^ er ther kuning uuari ;
Uuarun fragenti, uuar er gib6ran uuurti,

ioh batun io zi noti, man in i^ z^igoti. 140

Sie zaltun se'ltsani ioh ze*ichan filu uuahi,

uuuntar filu h^bigag (uuanta er ni horta man thaz,,
Tha^ io fon mdgadburti man gib6ran vuurti)

inti ouh ze"ichan sin scona^ in hlmile so scina^;
Sagetun tha^ sie gahun st^rron einan sahun, 145

ioh datun filu mari, thajj er sin uuari :
' Uuir sahun sinan st^rron, thoh uuir thera burgi irron,

ioh quamun, tha^ uuir bdtotin, ginada smo thfgitin.
Ostar filu fe'rro so sc^in uns ouh ther sterro ;

ist iaman hiar in lante es fauuiht thoh firstante? 150
Gistirri zaltun uuir io, ni sahun uuir nan er io :

bithiu bfrun uuir nu gi^inot, er niuuan kuning zei-

not.
S6 scrfbun uns in lante man in uu6rolti alte;

tha^ fr uns ouh gize'Uet, uuio i^ fuuo buah singent.'
So thisu uuort tho gahun then kuning ana quamun, 155

hfntarquam er harto thero se%ero uuorto,

126 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

loh mdnniliches h6ubit uudrd es thar gidruabit:

gihortun ungerno tha^ uufr nQ niazen ge'rno.
Thie buachara ouh th5 thire gisdmanota er sare,

sie uuas er fragenti, uuar Krfst giboran uurti; 160
Er sprah zen euuarton selben thesen uu6rton.

gab drmer ioh ther richo dntuurti gilicho,
Thia burg nantun se sar, in f^sti^ ddtun alauuar

mit uu6rton then er thie altun f6rasagon zaltun.
So er giuufsso thar bifand, uuar druhtin Krist gib6ran

uuard, 165

thaht er sar in fe*sti mihilo unkusti.
Zi fmo er ouh tho ladota thie uuisun man theih sageta,

mit in gistuant er thingon ioh filu halingon.
Thia zit eiscota er fon in, so ther stdrro giuuon uuas

que*man zi in,

bat sfe 13 ouh biruahtin, bi tha^ selba kfnd irsuahtin. 170
' Giduet mih,' quad er, ' anauuart bi thes stdrren fart,

so faret, eiscot thare bi tha^ kfnd sdre.
Sin discot iolicho ioh filu giuuarallcho,

sliumo duet ouh thanne i^ mir zi uufz^anne.
Ih uufllu faran be*ton nan (so rfet mir filu manag

man), 175

tha^ fh tharzua githinge, ioh imo ouh ge"ba bringe.'
L6ug th^r uuenego man : er uuankota thar filu fram ;

er uu61ta nan irthuesben ioh uns thia fruma irlesgen.
Thazf imbot sie gihortun ioh iro ferti I'ltun;

yrsc^in in sar tho fe*rro ther sdltsano sterro. 180
Sie blidtun sih es gahun sar sie nan gisahun,

ioh filu frauuallcho sin uuartetun gilicho.
Le"it er sie tho scono thar uuas tha^ kind frono,

mit sineru ferti uuas er iz, z^igonti.

OTFRID 127

Thaz, bus sie tho gisahun ioh sar thara fn quamun, 185

thar uuas ther sun guater mit smeru muater.
Ffalun sie tho framhald (thes guates uuarun sie bald),

thaz. kfnd sie thar tho be*totun ioh huldi slno thfgitun.
Indatun sie tho thare thaz, iro dre*so sare,

rehtes sie githahtun, thaz, sie imo ge*ba brahtun : 190
Myrrun inti uuirouh ioh gold scinantaz, ouh,

ge*ba filu mara : sie suahtun sine uuara.

(Book IV.) XV. Consolatur discipulos de morte eius.

Drost er sie tho uu6rto sines tothes harto,

er \7f zi thfu uurti : es uuarun in tho thurfti.
' Ni sfu^,' quad er, ' smdrza, ni rfa^e 6uh iuer h^rza, 195

in got gi!6ubet ioh in mfh, giuuisso theist gilumplih.
Mines fater hus ist brdit, uuard uu61a then thara ingeit,

ther sih thds muaz, fr6uuon ioh fnnana bisc6uuon.
Thar ist in alauuari managfalt gilari

(hugget therero uu6rto) ioh selida managfalto. 200
Uuari^ allesuuar in uuar, sliumo sageti ih iu iz, sar,

uudrgin tha^ gizami, so ih fuih i^ ni hali,
Ih faru garauuen iu sar fronisgo iu stat thar,

ir, trie's ni missedruet, mit mfr thar iamer buet,
Thaz,, thar mm gdginuuerti fst, si iamer iuer nahuuist, 205

thaz, ir uuf^it mma fart, thero uudgo ouh uueset

anauuart.'
Zi fmo sprah tho Th6mas, er ein thero dinlifo uuas:

' thes uu^ges ni birun uuir anauuart, ouh ni uuf^un

thlna fart;
Girfhti unsih es alles, uuara thu faran uuolles.'

uuara zalt er imo sar ioh sprah ouh zi imo

sus in uuar : 210

128 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

'fh bin uueg re*htes ioh alles re'dihaftes,

bin ouh lib inti uuar: bi thiu ni gfrrot ir thar.
Nist man nihein, thaz, ist uuar, ther queme zi themo

fater sar,

thes faman inan gibe*ite, ih inan ni le"ite.
(3b ir mih irknuatit, ir se'lbon thaz, instiiantit 315

ana langllcha frfst, uufolih ouh mm fater ist.'
Quad tho Phflippus iro din (thiz selba uuds imo untar

zu&n :

giloubt er tinredina, ther fater uuari fiirira) :
' Then fater, druhtin, dinon, then laz, unsih bisc6uuon

(thin uu6rt sin 6fto givuuag), so ist uns alles ginuag.' 220
Nam tho druhtin thanana thia selbun unredina;

uuant er in abuh i^ instuant, kert er mo dllesuuio

tha^ miiat.
' So managfalto ziti ih mil iu bin hiar in uu6rolti,

mit muatu ir mir ni nahet, ioh mih n6h nirknahet.
So uudr s5 tha^ iruudlle, then fater sehan uu611e, 225

thanne, tha^ ni hfluh thih, giuuaro sc6uu er anan mih.
Thar sihit er tha^ 6dil\ ioh sines selbes bflidi ;

giuuisso s^h er anan mfh : mm fater ist so samalih.'
Er zalt in 6uh tho thar mdist, uuio ther h&lego g^ist

thie uufzzi in scolta meron mit sines selbes leron: 230
Nihdinemo ni brusti, ni er alia fruma uuesti,

alla^ uuar inti guat, so se*lben gotes gdist duat.
Zalta in ouh in uuara uu6roltliuto fara,

drabeiti manago, thio fn tho uuarun garauuo.
Lert er sie mit uu6rton, uuie tha^ firdragan scoltun, 235

quad, after thdru thulti zi mammunte in iz. vuurti.
' Ir ni thiirfut,' quad, ' bi thfu : fridu laz,u ih mit fu,

mammunti ginuaga^, drof ni suorget bi

OTFRID U9

Ni laz,u ih iuih uueison : ih iuer auur uulson,

gidrostu ih iuih scforo mit fre*uuidu alazforo. 240
Ir bfrut, thaz, nist uuuntar, frfunta mine suntar,

druta mine in alauuar, zi thiu so kos ih iuih sar.
Theist gib6t minaz. zi fu : ir iuih mfnnot untar fu,

ioh fagillh thes the*nke, thero mfnnono ni uue"nke.'
fn tho druhtin zelita, uuant e*r se selbo uue*lita, 345

manota sie thes nahtes managfaltes re"htes.
Er habet in thar gizaltan drost managfaltan

fon sin se*lbes giiati, so sh'umo so er irstiianti.
Quad, after theVa fristi in nfamer sin ni brusti,

ioh sie famer, sar thaz, uuurti, uuarin mit givuiirti. 250
So er se lerta tho in thera naht, so thu thir thar

l^san maht,

giz6h se thar tho f611on s^lbo in sinan uufllon.
Uf zi hfmile er tho sah ioh sdlben gotes 16b sprah ;

bifalah tho thie the*gana in sines fater segana,
Tha^ ^r mo sie gihfalti, unz er fon dothe irstuanti, 255

£r sie thanne sdnti, in thfonost slna^ uuanti.

XX. Duxerunt eum ad Caipham ubi erat et Pilatus.

Tho Mittun nan thie Ifuti thar uuas thaz, heroti :

ther biscof Kaiphas uuas thar ioh ther he"rizoho in

uuar
Giang er se"lbo ingegin u^ thar zi themo palinzhus:

sie ni muasun gan s5 fram zi themo he*idinen man, a6o
Tha^ sie in then gizltin biuu611ane ni uuurtin,

mit r^inidu gis^motin, thie ostoron gif(6hotin.
Sie uufht thoh thes nintrfatun, sie manslahta rfatun,

ni sie thes giuuuagin, sie Krfstan irsluagin.

1 30 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Sprah ther he"rizoho zi in, so er ujjgigfang ingegin fn: 265

'uuellh ruagstab so fram ze"llet ir in thesan man?'
Thes drgen uuillen he*rti gab imo antuuurti:

'ob e*r,' quad, ' uu61a thahti, zi thfsu er 13 ni brahti.
Ni fuer er in then Ifutin mit grozen me'indatin,

uufr ouh thes ni thahtin, thaz, uuir nan thfr

brahtin.' 370
Uu6rton tho ginuagen big6ndun sie nan niegen,

thfngon filu he"bigen ioh sun ton filu managen.
Quadun, sih bihfa^i, er gotes sun hiaz.i,

i6h ouh dati man, er iro kuning uuari,
Z^lle ouh in giuufssi, thd^ er selbo Krfst si, 275

in thia be*ldida gigange, then ndmon imo f^lge.
Quadun, er ni uu61ti, thaj; man zins gulti,

thie Ifuti furdir mera in thes k^iseres era,
Ioh er thie Ifuti alle spuani zi giuu^rre,

zi groz.emo urhei^e, in thfu man nan firlaze: 280
' Er es er io niruuant, er er allaz, thiz lant

gidruabta harto in uuaru mit sines selbes leru;
Nist thes gisc^id noh giuuant, uuio er gfrrit thaz_ lant,

uuio er i^ dllaz, uufrrit ioh thesa uu6rolt merrit
Bigan er susllches zi e*nte thesses nches, 285

mit thiu er tha^ Idnt al ubargfang, unz man hfar

nan nil gifiang.'

' N^met inan,' quad er, ' zi fu ziu brahtut ir nan mfr

bi thiu ?

irddilet imo thare, so uuiz,z,od fuer lere.
Ffndet ir thar alle, uuio er tha^ r^hta uuolle,

tha^ gifrummet alla^ fr, i^ ist iu kund, nales mfr.' 290
Thaz,, quadun sie, in ni d6hti, ouh uu^san tha^ ni m6hti.

uuanta in thio buah luagin, thaz. sie man sluagin.

OTFR1D 131

Ther liut mil thiu bizeinta, thaz, druhtin e*r gimeinta,

tha^ er sm lib scolta e*nton in he'ithinero hanton.
Thoh sagen ih in uuar mm, sie uuarun minslagon sm : 295
zi tothe sie nan brungun mir uuassidu iro zungun.

XXI. Allocntio Pilati ad Christum in praetorio.

Giang Pilatus uufdari mit fmo tho in then s61ari,

sprah mit imo lango : er su6rgeta thero thfngo.
Zi erist frageta er bi thaz,, thaij er es harto sinsa^ :

' gidua mih,' quad, ' nu sario uuis, 6ba thu iro

kuning sis ? 300
Bistu zi thiu giuuihit, so thih ther Hut zlhit,

in themo uuillen giangis, tha^ richi so biffangis ?'
Tho quad druhtin : ' sdge mir, sprichis sdlih thu fon dfr.'

odo andere i? thir sdgetun ioh thir fon mfr i^ zelitun ? '
Pilatus uuolta sliumo sar fon imo ne*man tho then

unan, 305

tha^ er thes ni uuanti, er i^ fon imo irthahti.
' Thie liuti uufz,un/ quad, 'fon fn, tha^ ih Iiidaeo ni bfn ;

thmes selbes lantthiot gab thih mfr in thesan not.
Ther Hut, ther thih mfr irgab, zalta in thih then

ruagstab,

thie selbun zaltun alle mfr thesa beMdi fona thfr. 310
Ob auur tha^ so uuar ist, thaz, thu iro kuning nu ni bist,

bi hfu ist thaz, sie thih namun. sus haftan mir irgabun ? '
' Thir zellu ih,' quad er, ' thanana : nhi mln nist hfnana,

i^ nfst, soso ih thir rachon, fon thesen uu6roltsachon.
(3b \T( uuari hfnana, giflizin mine th^gana 315

mit iro kuanheiti, mm fiant sus ni uufalti
Ioh in the*rera noti mih sus ni hantoloti;

mit th^ganheiti sftotin, thaz, sie mih fn irretitin.

K 2

1 32 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Ih duan es auur redina, nfst mm nchi hfnana,

thaz. fh mih nu biuue*rie mit mines selbes he>ie.' 320
Tho sprah Pilatus duur thaz., uuanta fmo uuas i^ h&zaz,,

frageta auur nod bi sina^ hgroti.
' So uuar so si thin nchi ioh thin gualllchi,

thoh bistu zi alauuaru kuning, so ih gihoru ? '
' Thu quis/ quad er, ' theih kuning bin : zi thiu quam

ih hera in uu6rolt in 325

ioh uuard gib6ran ouh zi thfu, theih suslfh thulti

untar iu,
Theih urkundi sare gizalti fona uuare,

thaz ih ouh uuarllchu thfng gibre*itti in thesan

uudroltring.
So uu^r so ist fona uuare, ther horit mir io sare,

horit er mit mfnnu mines selbes stfmnu.' 330

' Sage thu mir/ quad er sar, ' uua^ thu n^nnes tha^ uuar ?

gidua mih thes giuufssi, uua^ si tha^ uuarnissi.'

XXII. Quomodo Pilatus voluit Christum dimittere pro Barnaba.

Giang er, so er tha^ giquad (ih uueig, es uufrdig ni uuard,

tha^ er tha^ gihorti, uua^ druhtin thes giquati ;
Uuane 6uh bi thfu s5 gahti, thes schaheres githahti, 335

mit uue'hselu er gisftoti, er selban Krfst irre'titi),
Sprah er tho zen liutin, sie i^ alles uuio girfatin :

' ni ffndu ih/ quad er, ' thesan man in niheinen

sachon firdan,
Ni bm ih ouh thes uuisi, oba er thes libes scolo si:

so yrsuaht ih inan thrato sines selbes dato. 340

la fst iu in thesa ziti zi giuu6naheiti,

ih u^ar themo uui^e iu einan haTt firla^je :
Nu ahtot, uuio ir uu611et, ioh uu^deran ir iruu^llet,

OTFRID 133

ir Barabbasan nemet zfu, odo ir nu Krfst iruuellet fu.'
Thanne uuds imo auur ther skahari he*biger: 345

bi the"ro dato dnton so lag er thar in banton.
Riaf imo dl inge'gini thes lantliutes me'nigi,

quad, uuar in Ifob ioh suaz,i man Barabban in liaz,i.
Tho haft er nan, so er uu61ta, ioh er nan se*lbo filta

selbon druhtinan, uuaz, uuan ther uuenego man ! 350
Namun nan tho thanana thes h^rizohen th^gana ;

sie fliihtun in zi gamane th6rna thar zisamane,
Ioh saztun sie imo in h6ubit then selbon thurninan ring,

zi honidon gdrno corona thero th6rno.
Sie namun in thera dati kuningllh giuuati, 355

filu rota^ piirpurin inti datun inan fn.
Fialun tho in iro knfo : zi hue habetun inan 10,

zi bfsmere thrato susllchero dato.
' Heil thu,' quadun sie, ' Krfst, thu th^rero liuto kilning bist !

bist garo ouh thiu gilicho ioh harto kuninglicho.' 360
Zi honidu imo i^ datun, tha^ sie sullh quatun;

sie thahtun io bi notin, uufo sie inan gihontin.
Sie sluagun sar then gangon thiu heilegun uuangun,

ioh heVton in then faron so bluun si imo thio orun.
Er thulta, so ih hiar f6ra quad, bi unsih susllh un-

gimah, 365

in sl^gin ioh in uu6rton bi unsen suaren sunton.

XXIII. Duxit Pilatus lesum derisnm ad populum.

Pilatus giang zen Hutin sid tho the*sen datin :
uu61t er in gistfllen thes armallchen uufllen.

' Herauz,,' quad, ' l^itu ih inan fu, tha^ irk^nnet in thfu,
tha^ ih undato ni ffndu in imo thrato.' 370

Giang Krfst tho in themo g&nge mit rotemo gifange,

134 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

bithurnter ioh bifflter ioh sus gibismeroter.
Piirpurin giuuati drtiag er tho bi noti,

thurnina corona: gidan uuas thaz, in hona.
' Sdhet/ quad er, ' nQ then mdn, firdamnot fst er filu

fr£m ! 375

ir se*het sina unera, uuaz, uu611et ir es mera ?
Bisc61tan 1st er hdrto ioh honlichero uu6rto,

ouh sinero undato gireTsit filu drato.
' fir ist,' quad, ' biffllit, mit th6rnon ouh biste*llit ;

nu man imo siilih duat, nu lazet kuelen iu thax

muat.' 380
So sfe nan th5 gisahun, so rfafun sie alle gahun :

ingegin fmo inbran tha^ muat, so ofto fianton duat.
Batun tho ginuagi, tha^ man inan irsliiagi,

ioh rfafun filu he*ij$o : ' cruzd, les ! nan cruzo ! '
' Ne"met inan,' quad er, ' zi fu inti cruzot inan untar fu : 385

ni mag ih in imo irffndan, oba er firdan si so fram.'
Thero bfscofo heVti gab imo antuuurti

mit alten nides uufllen : ni mohtun sie in gistfllen :
' Er seal irsteVban thuruh not, so uuf^od unser z^inot,

ioh d6uuen sinen uu6rton in the'rero manno hanton ; 390
Uuanta er gikundta h^rasun, tha^ er si selbo g6tes sun,

ioh ubaral in uuari so det er sullh mari.
Ther uuiz.od lerit thare, in cruzi man then hahe,

so uuer so in urhei^e sih sulihes biheiz,e.'
Yrf6rahta sih tho harto Pilatus thero uu6rto, 395

giang mit Krfste er tho fon in in tha^ sprahhQs in.
' Gidua mih sar nu,' quad er, ' uufs, uuanana lantes

thu si's,

uudllchera giburti, thaz, thu io zi thfsu uuurti ? '
Er stuant, suigeta ioh mammonto githageta:

DAS LUDWIGSLIED 135

sines selbes thulti ni gab imo antuuurti. \ 400

' Ni uuildu spre"chan,' quad er, 'zi mfr? ni uue'istu,

uuaz, ih sagen thir,

thaz, st&t thaz, thlnaz, e*nti in mines selbes he'nti?
loh bin ih ouh giuueltig ubar e*llu thlnu thing,

in lib ioh dod hiutu, so uue'dar so ih gibfutu.'
Antuurtita Undo ther keisor euuinigo tho, 405

ther kuning himilisgo in uuar themo he"rizohen thar:
' Ih sagen thir, thaz. ni hfluh thih : giuualt ni habetistu

ubar mfh,

6ba thir thaz, gizami fon hfmile ni quami.
Bi thfu ist mit meren sunton ther mih gab thfr zi

hanton,

ioh ther iz, zf thiu bibrahta, tha^ hlar man mm sus

ahta/ 410

V

DAS LUDViTIOSLIED

The I.udwigslied, written in the Rhenish Franconian dialect, was
composed to celebrate the victory of Ludwig III over the Normans at
the battle of Saucourt, which was fought on August 3, 881. It was
probably written by the monk Hucbald (f 930) in the same or the early
part of the following year.

Rithmus teutonicus de piae memoriae Hluduico rege filio Hluduici
aeque regis.

Einan kuning uuei^ ih, Hei^sit her Hludulg,

Ther gerno gode thionot: Ih uueiz, her imos lonot.

Kind uuarth her faterlos. Thes uuarth imo sar buo^ :
Holoda inan truhtln, Magaczogo uuarth her sin.

Gab her imo dugidi, Fronisc githigini, 5

Stual hier in Vrankon. So bruche her es lango!

136 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

gideilder thanne Sar mit Karlemanne,

Bruoder sinemo, Thia czala uuunniono.
So tha^ uuarth al gendiot, Koron uuolda sin god,

Ob her arbeidi So iung tholon mahti. 10

Lietz her heidine man Obar seo lldan,

Thiot Vrancono Manon sundiono.
Sume sar verlorane Uuurdun sum erkorane :

Haranskara tholota Ther er misselebeta.
Ther ther thanne thiob uuas, Ind er thanana ginas, 15

Nam slna vaston: Sldh uuarth her guot man.
Sum uuas luginari, Sum skachari,

Sum fol loses, Ind er gibuo^ta sih thes.
Kuning uuas ervirrit, Tha^ richi al girrit,

Uuas erbolgan Krist: Leidhor, thes ingald i^. 20
Thoh erbarmedes got, Uuisser alia thia not :

Hie^ her Hludulgan TharSt sar ritan.
' HluduTg, kuning mm, Hilph mman liutin !

Heigun sa Northman Harto biduuungan.'
Thanne sprah Hludulg 'Herro, so duon ih, 25

Dot ni rette mir i^, Al tha^ thu gibiudist.'
Tho nam her godes urlub, Huob her gundfanon uf,

Reit her thara in Vrankon Ingagan Northmannon.
Code thancodun The sin beidodun,

Quadhun al ' fro mm, S5 lango beidon uuir thin.' 30
Thanne sprah luto HluduTg ther guoto:

' Trostet hiu, gisellion, Mine notstallon.
Hera santa mih god loh mir selbo gibod,

Ob hiu rat thuhti, Tha^ ih hier gevuhti,

Mih selbon ni sparoti, Uncih hiu gineriti. 35

Nu uuillih tha^ mir volgon Alle godes holdon.

Giskerit ist thin hieruuist So lango so uuili Krist :

DAS LVDW1GSLIED 137

Uuili her unsa hinavarth, There habet her giuualt.
So uuer so hier in ellian Giduot godes uuillion,

Quimit he gisund uz., Ih gilonon imoz,; 40

Billbit her thar inne, Sinemo kunnie.'
Tho nam er skild indi sper, Ellianllcho reit her;

Uuolder uuar errahchon Sinan uuidarsahchon.
Tho ni uuas iz, burolang, Fand her thia Northman.

Code lob sageda, Her sihit thes her gereda. 45
Ther kuning reit kuono, Sang lioth frano,

loh alle saman sungun ' Kyrrieleison '.
Sang uuas gisungan, Uuig uuas bigunnan,

Bluot skein in uuangon: Spilodun ther Vrankon.
Thar vaht thegeno gellh, Nichein soso HluduTg : 50

Snel indi kuoni, Thaz uuas imo gekunni.
Suman thuruhskluog her, Suman thuruhstah her.

Her skancta cehanton Sinan fian/o»

Bitteres Hdes. So uue hin hio thes Hbes !
Gilobot si thiu godes kraft : Hluduig uuarth sigihaft ; 55

loh alien heiligon thane! Sin uuarth ther sigikamf.
Uuolar abur Hluduig, Kuning uulgsalig!

So garo soser hio uuas, So uuar soses thorft uuas,

Gihalde inan truhtm Bi sinan ergrehtln.

VI

Christ and the woman of Samaria, written in the Alemanic dialect
about the year 850. It is based on the fourth chapter of St. John,
vv. 1-26.

Lesen uuir tha^ fuori ther heilant fartmuodi.

ze untarne, uui^zun thaz., er zeinen brunnon kisa^.
Quam fone Samario ein quena sario

scephan tha^ uuaz^er : thanna noh so saz er.

138 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

Bat er sih ketrencan da?, uuip thai} ther thara quam 5

(uuurbon sina thegana be slna lipleita):
'Biuuaz, kerost thu, guot man, daz, ih thir geba trinkan ?

ia ne niez.ant, uuiz^e Christ, thie Judon unsera uuist.'
' Uuip, obe thu uuissls, uuielih gotes gift ist,

unte den ercantls mil themo do kosotis, 10

tu balls dir unnen sines kecprunnen.'
' Disiu buzza ist so tiuf, ze dero ih heimina liuf,

noh tu ne habis kiscirres, da^ thu thes kiscephes:

uuar maht thu, guot man, neman quecprunnan?
Ne bistu liuten kelop mer than Jacob. 15

ther gab uns thesan brunnan, tranc er nan ioh sina

man ;

siniu smalenoz,zer nuzzun thaz, uua^^er.'
' Ther trinkit thiz uua^z;er, be demo thurstit inan mer,

der afar trinchit da^ mm, then la^it der durst sin :
i% sprangot imo'n pruston in euuon mit luston.' 20
' Herro, ih thicho ze dir, tha? uua^^er gablst du mir,

da^ ih mer ubar tac ne liufi hera durstac/
' Uuib, tu dih anneuuert, hole hera dlnen uuirt.'

siu quat sus libiti, commen ne hebiti.
' Uuei^ ih daz, du uuar segist, da^ du commen ne

hebist a 5

du hebitos er finfe dir zi volliste.

des mahttu sichure sin : nu hebist enin der nis din.'
' Herro, in thir uuigih scin, da^ thu maht forasago sin.

for uns er giborana betoton hiar in berega,
Unser altmaga suohton hia genada: 30

thoh ir sagant kicorana thia bita in

MUSPILLl 139

VII
MtrsprLLi

The Muspilli, written in the Bavarian dialect, was probably com-
posed about the year 850. The author is unknown. It was first edited
by Schmeller in 1832 : ' Muspilli, Bruchstiick einer alliterierenden
Dichtung vom Ende der Welt.'

sin tac piqueme daz, er touuan seal.

uuanta sar so sih diu sela in den sind arhevit,

enti si den Hhhamun likkan laz.z.it,

s5 quimit ein heri fona himilzungalon,

daz, andar fona pehhe: dar pagant siu umpi. 5

Sorgen mac diu sela, unzi diu suona arget,

za uuederemo herie si gihalot uuerde.

uuanta ipu sia daz, Satanaz,ses kisindi kiuuinnit,

daz leitit sia sar dar iru leid uuirdit,

in fuir enti in finstri : daz, ist rehto virinllh ding. 10

upi sia avar kihalont die die dar fona himile quemant,

enti si dero engilo eigan uuirdit,

die pringent st'a sar uf in himilo rihi :

dar ist lip ano tod lioht ano finstri,

selida ano sorgun : dar nisi siuh neoman. 15

denne der man in pardfsu pu kiuuinnit,

bus in himile, dar quimit imo hilfa kinuok.

pidiu ist d«r/7 mihhil allero manno uuellhemo,

daz in es sin muot kispane,

daz, er kotes uuillun kerno tuo 20

enti hella fuir harto uuise,

pehhes plna : dar piutit der Satanaz, altist

heizzan lauc. so mac huckan za diu,

sorgen drato, der sih suntigen uuei^.

I40 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

uue demo in vinstrl seal sino virinS stQen, 25

prinnan in pehhe: da? ist rehto paluuic dink,

da? der man haret ze gote enti imo hilfa ni quimit.

uuanit sih kinada diu uuenaga sela:

ni ist in kihuctin himiliskin gote,

uuanta hiar in uuerolti after ni uuerkota. 30

So denne der mahtigo khuninc da? mahal kipannit,
dara seal queman chunno kiliha? :
denne ni kitar parno nohhein den pan furisizzan,
ni allero manno uuelih ze demo mahale sculi.
dar seal er vora demo rlhhe a? rahhu stantan, 35

pi da? er in uuerolti eo kiuuerkot hapeta.

Da? hortih rahhon dia uueroltrehtuuison,
da? sculi der antichristo mil Eliase pagan,
der uuarch ist kiuuafanit, denne uuirdit untar in uulc

arhapan.

khenfun sint so kreftic, diu kosa ist so mihhil. 40
Elias stritit pi den euulgon lip,
uuili den rehtkernon da? rihhi kistarkan :
pidiu seal imo helfan der himiles kiuualtit.
der antichristo stet pi demo altflante,
stet pi demo Satanase, der inan varsenkan seal: 45
pidiu seal er in deru uuicsteti uunt pivallan
enti in demo sinde sigalos uuerdan.

doh uuanit des vilo gotmanno

da? Elias in demo uulge aruuartit uuerde.

so da% Eliases pluot in erda kitriufit, 50

so inprinnant die perga, poum ni kistentit

enihc in erdu, aha artruknent,

muor varsuuilhit sih, suili?ot lougiu der himil.

mano vallit, prinnit mittilagart,

MUSPILLI I4l

sten ni kistentit. verit denne stuatago in lant, 55

verit mit diu vuiru viriho uulson:
dar ni mac denne mak andremo helfan vora demo muspille.
denne daz, preita uuasal alla^ varprennit,
enti vuir enti luft i^ allaz, arfurpit,
uuar ist denne diu marha, dar man dar eo mit slnen

magon piehc? 60

diu marha ist farprunnan, diu sela stet pidungan,
ni uueiz. mit uuiu puaze: sar verit si za uulze.

Pidiu ist demo manne so guot, denne er ze demo

mahale quimit,

da^ er rahhono uuellha rehto arteile.
denne ni dar/ er sorgen, denne er ze deru suonu

quimit. 65

ni uuei^ der uuenago man, uuielihan uuartil er habet,
denne er mit den miat5n marrit daz. rehta,
da^ der tiuval dar pi kitarnit stentit.
der hapet in ruovu rahhono uuellha,
da^ der man er enti sid upiles kifrumita, 70

da^ er iz alla^ kisaget, denne er ze deru suonu quimit.
ni scolta sid manno nohhein miatun intfdhan.

* * *

So da^ ^z'milisca horn kihlutit uuirdit,

enti sih der j«anar/' ana den sind arhevit

[der dar suannan seal toten enti lepenten], 74a

denne hevit sih mit imo herio meista, 75

da^ ist alla^ so pa/d daz^ imo nioman kipagan ni mak.

denne verit er ze deru mahalsteti deru dar kimarchot

ist:
dar uuirdit diu suon& dia man dar io sageta.

1 42 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

denne varant engila uper dio marha,
uuechant deota, uuissant ze dinge. 80

denne seal manno gillh fona deru moltu arsten,
I5ssan sih ar dero \euuo vas;zpn: seal imo avar sin lip

piqueman,

daz. er sin reht allaz, kirahhon muo^i,
enti imo after sinen tatin ar/«7r'/ uuerde.
denne der gisizzit, der dar suonnan seal 85

enti arteillan seal toten enti quekkhen :
denne stet dar umpi engilo menigf,
guotero gomono: gart ist so mzhhil:
dara quimit ze deru rihtungu so vilo dia dar ar res.fi

arstent,

so dar manno nohhein uuiht pimidan ni mak. 90

dar seal denne hant sprehhan, houpit sagen,
allero //do uuellh unzi in den luzlgun vinger,
uua^ er untar desen mannun mordes kifrumita.
dar ni ist eo so listJr man der dar iouuiht arliugan

megi,

da^ er kitar«0« megi tato dehheina, 95

ni^ al fora demo khunin^ kichundit uuerde,
uzzan er i^ mit alamusanu # {\\\\megi
enti mit fastun dio virina kipua^tz'.
denne der paldet der gipua^^it hapet,
denne er ze deru suonsteti quimit* 99*

Kwzrdit denne furi kitragan da^ frono chruci, 100

dar der ^eligo Christ ana arhangan M\\ard.
denne augit er dio masun, dio er in deru v\enniski

anfenc,
dio er durah desse mancunnes minna fardoleta.

NOTES

[The references refer to the paragraphs in the grammar.]

I. TATIAN

11. 1-2. ordinon saga thio in uns gifulta sint rahhono is a
rendering of the Latin : ordinare narrationem quae in nobis completae
sunt rernm.

1. 3. uuas gisehan «= Lat. visum est.

1. 17. siu, rehtiu, beidu, are neuter, § 210.

1. 38. kind is ace. pi.

1. 67. hoisten = hohisten.

1. 69. nist = ni 1st.

1. 71. thie <•= thSr, see § 165, note 2.

1. 73. thasj thar : thar is here merely a strengthening particle to the
rel. thaq.

1. 88. heilizinnes, gerund Gen. sg. of heilazen.

1. no. nio in altare, Lat. nequaquam, • by no means, not so.'

1. 131. sin uns zi gebanne, an imitation of the Lat. datunim se
nobis.

1. 144. fcemo. The letter U occurs only 8 times in Tatian, viz. ttemo
(4\1Sem (2), vvurSun (i), flar (i).

1. 160. curet, imperative with neg. = Lat. nolite, and is properly the
pret. subjunctive.

1. 174. thi = thie.

1. 212. Forms like ir quedent, ir uuis^unt, ingiengunt have their
n from the pres. 3rd. pi.

1. 229. Instead of sagata and sagantes (1. 248), we should expect
sageta, sagentes.

1. 240. hebet, see § 181, note 5.

1. 260. nintfiengun = ni intnengun.

1. 272. ci in selbon = Lat. ad semetipsos, ' among themselves.'

1. 281. diura. Germanic d is, as a rule, shifted to t in Tatian, but
in this and a few other examples it has remained unshifted.

1. 287. nalles . . . ci imo = Lat. non quia de egenis pertinebat ad
eum, ' not that he cared for the poor.'

1. 313. fon thes = ex quo, 'since the time.' fon is temporal, and
thes is the adverbial genitive.

1. 314. On the inf. ending of cussan, see § 185, note.

1. 329. The reg. form is quatun, see § 187-

1. 330. For the cu- in cumit, see § 179, note.

1. 334. forliose^ = forliose iq, subj. pres.

1- 337- The h in giheret is inorganic.

!• 353- «eet = get.

144 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

\. 362. zesauun is the weak Ace. fern. sg. of zeso, used as a noun.

1. 367. sien =• sie in, ' they him.'

1. 373. ni ourit vvuofen ubar mih •» Lat. nolite flere super me,
' weep not for me.'

1. 375. thendir — th§n + de + ir, ' in the which ye,' where de is the
weakened form of the adv. dar, so also in thlede, thiode, thende.

1. 415. uuantih = uuanta ih.

1. 441. intfagana, pp. Ace. fern. sg. of intfahan, formed after analogy
with the present. The reg. form would be intfangana.

1. 444. laz, nu = Lat. sine.

1. 449. fon obanentic zunzan nidar, ' from top to bottom.'

1. 467. uuantaz. = uuanta 155.

1. 509. erdun here weak, erda is usually strong.

1. 575. aizentero is the pp. Gen. pi. of sizzen.

1. 626. fon hohi himilo io unz iro enti => Lat. a summis coelorniu
usque ad terminos eorum, ' from one end of heaven to the other.'

II. PSALMS

1. 3. The h in seher (= ser) has no etymological meaning.
1. 4. zaala = zala, see § 4.

1. 1 8. cenim is the Dat. pi. of zan, see § 125, note, and § 7 (under c).
1. 20. pirumes, in place of the more usual forms pirum, pirun.
1. 21. her da = erda.

1. 25. mittih from mit dih by assimilation, mit rarely takes the
accusative.

1. 29. truhtinan, see § 100.

III. ST. EMMEHAMER GEBET

I. 2. deih, cp. § 165, note 4.

1. 3. »do = edo.

1. 4. kyhukkiu, with retention of the i, which, in such forms, had
mostly disappeared already in the beginning of the ninth century.

I. n. riuun is the Ace. sg. of riuwa.

1. 1 2. mozi = muoz,i. Old 6 remained undiphthongised the longest
in the Bavarian dialect.

1. 16. gaotan = the common OHG. form guotan, see § 55.

I. 27. mot = rnuot, see above.

IV. OTFRID

Before reading the extracts from Otfrid the beginner should refer to
§5 50, 52, 56 in the Grammar, and observe further that Germanic d and
p (th) remained unshifted initially in the Rhenish Franconian dialect.
All words beginning here with d will be found in the Glossary under t,
and those beginning with th under d.

NOTES 145

1. 9. then is the Ace. sg. rnasc. of thdr, used as a demons, nir-
smahetin = ni irsmahetin.

1. 10. then, Ace. masc. sg., used as rel. pr. uuol = uuola.

1. 17. theist = thaq 1st ; so also in 11. 20, 48, 55, 196, 243.

1. 22. theiz, -— thaq iq ; so also 1. 37.

1. 24. sies = sie is; so also in 11. 76, 105.

1. 52. After seal supply la^an.

1. 58. dualtun, pret. 3rd pi. of dwellen.

1. 75. zirrettinno -• zi irrettenne.

1. 77. in, Dat. pi. nintfuarit = ni intfuarit.

1. 78. si refers to liut.

1. 80. uuorahta, forahta, see § 63.

1. 99. After skal supply sin.

1. ri8. zimo = zi imo.

1. 119. nintstante = ni intstante.

1. 121. hor = hore, subj. pres.

1. 129. irdualta, pret. sg. of irdwellen.

1. 133. flrvuurti, pret. subj. of firwerdan.

1. 161. zen = zi then, Dat. pi. ; so also in 1. 337.

1. 163. festiz, = festi iz.. in festi duan = ' to make sure, certain.'

1. 167. theih = thie ih.

1. 195. siuq = si iu iz. ni siuv$ smerza, 'let it not be a pain to
you.'

1. 197. then, supply ther. ingeit, pres. 3rd sg. of ingan, see
§ 205, note.

1. 201. uuariq = uuari is}, ' if it were.'

1. 202. iuih = iuwih.

1. 217. untar zuein, ' doubtful.'

1. 220. givuuag (with Gen.), pret. sg. of the strong verb *giwrahan,
with g from the pret. plural. Cp. the pret. sluog beside sluoh.

1. 222. mo = imo; so also in 1. 255.

1. 224. nirknahet = ni irknaet. The h is inorganic.

I. 226. hiluh •-- hilu ih.

1. 238. drof (lit. 'a drop'), a strengthening negative particle.

1. 259. ingegin = ingagan.

1. 262. thie ostoron gifehotin = tva <paycaai rb tta.a'xa. (John xviii.
28), ' that they might eat the passover.'

1. 263. nintriatun = ni intriatun.

1. 265. u^gigiang, pret. sg. of uqgigangan.

1. 269. fuer er = fuari er.

1. 279. thie liuti, i. e. the Jews.

1. 281. niruuant (with Gen.) •= ni iruuant, pret. sg. of irwintan.

1. 299. sinsasj = si (Ace. pi.) insaz,.

1. 301. bistu «= bist thu.

1. 325. theih, see § 165, note 4. quis contracted from quidis.

1. 340. dato, Gen. pi.

1. 345. ther is subj. ; skahari, predicate.

I46

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

1. 368. gistillen wi Dat. pers., Gen. rei ; so also in 1. 388 with
reflex. Dat.

1. 369. heraiisj = hera uz., ' out.*

I. 401. uuildii = will thu ; uueistu = weist thu.

1. 403. steit, pres. 3rd sg. of stan, see note to § 205.

V. DAS LUDWIGSLIED

Forms containing d or th will be found in the Glossary under t or
d respectively.

1. 2. imos = imo es. lonon usually takes the Dat. of the pers. and
Gen. rei, but cp. 1. 40.

1. 7. gideilder = gideilda er.

1. 8. czala = zals.

1. u. lietz = lies}, pret. sg. of laz,an.

1. 16. sidh ( = O.E. sip), see sid in the Glossary.

1. a i. erbarmedes = erbarmeda es. uuisser = wissa (pret. sg.
of wiz,z,an) er.

1. 23. minan, Dat. pi., weakened form of minen; so also in 11. 43,
53, 59 : sin an from sinen.

I. 24. heigun = eigun, ' have.' The h has here no etymological
value, sa, more frequently se, the unaccented form of the pronoun
sie.

II. 25, 26. ' Then said Ludwig, "Lord, I will do, unless death deprive
me of it, all that thou biddest." '

1. 27. huob, pret. 3rd sg. of heffen, see § 181, note 4.

1. 30. al is Nom. plural, quadhun, pret. pi. of qufidan (qufidhan) :
the regular form would be quatun.

1. 34. ob hiu. rat thuhti, 'if it should seem advisable to you.' The
form hiu occurs also in 11. 32, 35. It is properly the Dative form.
The h. has no etymological value. In such cases the h occurs only in
MSS. which were copied by ignorant scribes.

1. 35. uncih = unz ih.

1. 39. in ellian, ' according to (his) strength.'

1. 40. imoz, = imo iz,, cp. 1. 2.

1. 43. uuolder = wolda er. On sinan see 1. 23.

1. 45. gereda, pret. sg. of geren (with Gen.) ; her sihit thes her
gereda, ' he sees what he wished for.'

1. 46. frano, indecl. adj. (properly the Gen. pi. of fro = Goth, frauja,
' Master, Lord, God '), ' divine, holy.'

1. 47. kyrrieleison, 'Lord, have mercy upon us'; from xvptos and
i\tt<a.

1. 50. 'There fought none of the warriors like Ludwig fought.'

1. 53. cehanton, ' into the hands.' sinan, see note to 1. 23.

NOTES 14?

1. 54. bin, Dat. pi. of her. On hio = io cp. notes to 11. 24, 34.
86 uue bin hio thes libes ! = N.H.G. Wehe immer ihnen de*

Lebens 1

1. 57. uuolar, interj. : ' hail, well done ! '
1. 58. soser = soso er ; soses = soso es.

VI. CHBIST AND THE WOMAN OF SAMABIA

1. 2. ze untarne, ' at midday.' OE. undern, ' the time before
midday,' especially about 9 a.m., or from 9 to 12. zeinen = ze einen.

1. 12. buzza, from Lat. puteus, 'well.'

1. 13. habis, after the analogy of the strong verbs, or weak verbs of
the first conjugation. Cp. also such forms as hebis hebit, segis segit,
for habes habet, sages saget ; see § 193, note 2.

1. 24. commen = corn-man, gom-man.

1. 27. enin = einan. nis = ni is.

VII. MUSPILLI

Mr.spilli, OS. mudspelli, mutspelli, O.Icel. muspelli. The second
part of the word is probably related to the OS. verb spildan, OE.
spildan, O. Icel. spilla, ' to destroy.'

1. I. The beginning is lost. One may supply something like: 'Let
each man think that.' touuan. On the ending -an in weak verbs
see § 185, note.

1. 32. chunno, Gen. pi. depen. on kilihaz,.

1. 37. hortih = horta ih.

1. 39. arhapan, the pp. of arheffen, see § 181, and note 4 to it.

1. 46. uunt = wnint, ' wounded.'

1. 52. enihc = einig. So also in 1. 55 sten = stein.

1. 60. piehc, pret. 3rd sg. of pagan, bagan.

1. 61. pidungan, the pp. of pidwingan, bidwingan.

1. 94. megi, pres. subj. of magan.

1. 96. niz, = ni iz.

L 2

GLOSSARY

ABB RE VIA TIONS

sm., sf., sn. = strong masculine, etc.

wm., wf., wn. = weak masculine, etc.

sv . — strong verb.

wv . = weak verb.

Verbs compounded with the prefix gi- have mostly the same
meaning as the simple verb : thus gilegen = logon. For purposes of
reference, c (before a, o, «) and q = k ; th = d; v **f.

A.

aba, prep. c. dat. of, from, apart
from; av, away.

aband-muos, sn. supper.

abuh, aj. wrong, bad ; in abuh,
av, wrongly, falsely.

abur, see afar.

adeilo, see ateilo.

afar (avar, abur, avur, afur), av.
and conj. again, whereas, but,
yet, furthermore.

after, prep. c. dat. after, according
to ; with instr. in after thiu, ac-
cordingly; az/.behind,after,back.

aga'eiqi, sf. zeal, diligence, ear-
nestness.

aha (Goth, arua), sf. water.

ahta, sf. opinion, reflection.

ahten, wv. I, persecute.

ahtodo (ahtudo), num. eighth.

ahton, wv. II, observe, consider.

aocar, acchar, sm. field, acre.

a-kuat, sf. badness, fault.

al, aj. (infi. aller), all, every, each,
whole; av.gen.&llea, otherwise,
else.

alamuosan, almuosan (from Gr.-
Lat. eleemosyne), sn. alms.

ala-war (ala-wari), aj. all true ;
in alawar, verily.

ala-zioro, av. very beautifully.

alles (elles), av. otherwise, else.

alles-war, av. elsewhere.

alles-wio, av. otherwise.

al-mahtig, ala-mahtig, aj. al-
mighty.

alt, aj. old ; rait then alton, with
the elders.

alt-mag, sm. ancestor, fore-
father.

altari, altari (alteri, altteri),/r.
Lat. altare, sm. altar.

alt-fiant, sm. old enemy, devil.

alt-tuom, sm. old age.

al-walt, aj. all-powerful (as trans-
lation of Augustus) .

ambaht (Goth, andbahts), sm.
servant.

ambaht, sn. ministration, office.

ambahten (Goth, andbahtjan),
wv. I, serve.

ana, av. on, up.

ana, anan, prep. c. dat., ace., instr.,
on, in, upon.

ana-fallan, sv. VII, fall upon.

ana-gin, anakin (gen. -ginnes),
sn. beginning.

ana-stehhan, sv. IV, pierce.

ana-wart, aj. mindful of, attentive
to.

andar, ander, num. aj. second,

GLOSSARY

I49

other ; andar — andar, the one

— the other.
anfenc, fret, yd sg. of ant-

fahan.

anne-wfirt, av , away.
annuzi (Tat. nom. sg. annuci),

sn, face,
ano, prep. c. ace. without, except;

conj. except, only (after negative

sentences).
anst, sf. favour.
ant-fahan, sv. VII, receive,
anti, ande ; enti, endi ; indi,

inti, into, int ; uuti, imte,

unta, cj. and.

anti-christo, ivm. anti-Christ,
ant-lingon, wv. II, answer,
anto, wn. zeal, anger,
ant-reita, sf. order; after an-

treitu (ex ordine), in order,
ant-wurten (Goth, andwaurd-

jan), wv. I, answer,
ant-wurti, sn. answer.
a,i,prep., see ur.
araugta, see ar-ougen.
arbeit, arabeit, sf. work, toil,

trouble.

arbeiton, wv. II, labour, work,
ar-belgan, sv. Ill, become angry.
ar-faran, sv. VI, go away, fetch,

reach,
ar-firren, arfirran, wv. I, remove,

withdraw, take away,
ar-furpan, see ir-furban.
arg, arc, aj. wicked, godless.
ar-gangan, ar-gan, ar-gen, sv.

VII, go out, pass away.
ar-geban,J7/.V, hand over, giveup.
ar-gio^an, sv. II, pour forth, shed,
ar-hahan, sv. VII, hang up, sus-
pend, crucify,
ar-heffen (-hefFan, -hefan, -hevan,

see § 181, 4, 5), sv. VI, raise up,

lift up.

ar-lesen, sv. V, gather, collect,
ar-lesgen, ar-lesken, wv. I,

destroy.

ar-liogan, ar-liugan, sv. II, de-
vise, fabricate, get by lying.

ar-losen, wv. I, deliver, free.

arm, stn. arm.

arm, aj. poor, miserable.

arma-llh, aj. unhappy, wretched.

am (Goth, asans), sf. harvest.

arnon, wv. II, reap, harvest.

ar-ougen, wv. I, show, manifest ;
refl. appear.

ar-ougnessi, sf. a showing, ex-
hibiting.

ar-recken(/r£/.-rehhita,-rahta),
wv. I, stretch out, explain, in-
terpret.

ar-rihten, wv. I, erect, raise up.

ar-ruofan,jz>.VII,callout,cryout.

ar-skeidan, sv. VII, separate.

ar-slahan, irslahan, sv. VI, kill,
slay.

ar-stantan, (-stan, -sten), sv.\I,
rise up, arise.

ar-sterban, sv. Ill, die.

ar-teilen, irteilen, wv. I, judge,
condemn.

arton, wv. II, dwell.

ar-truknen, wv. Ill, dry up.

arwartan, see ir-werten.

ar-wecken, wv. I, awake, wake
up, resuscitate.

ar-werphan, sv. Ill, cast out,
throw out.

a-swih, sttin. stumbling-block.

a-teilo, adeilo, wm. non-partaker.

&T» is;, prep. c. dat. at, in.

aq-stantan, sv. IV, stand by, at.

B.

baga, paga, sf. quarrel, fight ;

ana baga, without contradiction,

trustworthily.
bagan, pagan, sv. VII, quarrel,

fight.

bald, paid, aj. bold, quick.
balden, palden, wv. Ill, get

courage, be of good cheer.

ISO

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

balwig, palwic, aj. destructive,
pernicious.

ban, pan, sm. command, procla-
mation.

bannan, pannan, sv. VII, sum-
mon, fix the day of judgment.

bant (//. bant, bentir), sn. bond.

barn, parn, sn. child.

be , prep., see bi.

beide, bede, num. both.

beidon, see beiton.

bein, pein, sn. bone, leg.

beiten, wv. I, c. gen. rei, force,
compel.

beiton, beidon, wv. II, wait ;
with gen. wait for, expect.

beldida, sf. boldness, audacious-
ness.

be'raht-nessi, sf. brightness.

beran, sv. IV, bear, give birth.

b6rd, sn. offspring.

berg, perg (//. berga, berega),
sm. mountain.

bergau, sv. Ill, hide, conceal.
gi-bergan -- bergau.

besemo, wm. besom.

beteri, sm. one who prays, wor-
shipper.

beton, wv. II, pray, worship ; dat.
oiger. zi bettonne or betonne.

besjqisto, superl. to guot.

bi, bi, \)&,prep. c. dat., ace., instr.
near, from, on account of,
within.

bi-bot, sn. command, precept.

bi-brennen, wv. I, burn up.

bi-bringan, bring to an end.

bidiu, bithiu, see ther.

bi-thecken, wv. I, cover.

bi-tbenken, wv. I, be uneasy
about, look after, reflect.

bi-thurnen, wv. I, crown with
thorns.

bi-thwingan, sv. Ill, oppress,
force.

bi-fahan, sv. VII, seize, encom-
pass, get possession of.

bifalah,/r<tf. yd sg. of bi-felhan.
bi-fallan, pifallan, sv. VII, fall.
bi-felhari,pifelhan, -fdlahan,^.

Ill, hide, bury, yield, entrust.
bi-fillen, wv. I, scourge, strike.
bi-findan, sv. Ill, find.
bi-flnstren, wv. I, make dark.
bi-gehan, sv. V, confess, own.
bi-gihtig, pigihtlc.o/. confessing.

bi-gihtig wSrdan, c. dat. pers.,

gen. rei, confess a thing to some

one.
bi-ginnan, sv. Ill, begin (also

weak pret. bigonda).
bi-graban, sv. VI, bury.
bi-grifan, sv. I, comprehend.
bi-haltan, sv. VII, guard.
bi-heiq^an, -heiqan, sv. VII, refl.

promise, vow, presume.
bihiaqi, pret. subj. yd sg. of bi-

bihiu =» bi-hiu (see wfir), why,

wherefore, from what cause.
biiabin, pret. subj. yd pi. of bi-

gehan.

bi-liban, sv. I, remain.
bilidi, sn. form, figure, example.
bi-linnan, sv. Ill, cease.
bim, bin, am.
bi-midan, pimidan, sv. I, avoid,

shun.

biogan, sv. II, bend.
biotan, beotan, peotan, sv. II,

offer, show.
bi-queman, piqueman, sv. IV,

arrive, draw near, come.
bi-ruohhen, biruachen, wv. I,

aim at a thing, provide.
birut, see § 202.
bis, see § 202.
biscatuit, see bi-scatwen.
bi-scatwen, wv. I, overshadow.
bi-skeltan, sv. Ill, affront, insult.
bi-skinan, sv. I, shine around,

npon.
biscof, sm. (nom. pi. bisgofa),

chief priest, bishop.

GLOSSARY

biscof-heit, sm. priesthood, office

of priest.
bi-scouwon, wv. II, look at,

view.
bismaron, bismeron, ivv. II,

mock, deride, spot at.
bismarunga, sf. blasphemy,
bismer, sn. scorn, derision, mock,
bi-snidan, sv. I, circumcise.
bi-souffen, pisauffen, wv. I,

drown.

bi-stellen, wv. I, adorn.
bita, sf. prayer.
bitan, pitan, bidan, sv. I, wait,

expect ; with gen. wait for.
bittar, bitter, aj. bitter.
bitten (Goth, bidjan), sv. V,

c. gen. or dot. ret, ask, request,

demand.

biviluhu./w.ij/j.f. ofbi-fSlhan.
bi-wankon, wv. II, avoid.
bi-waz., wherefore.
bi-wellan, sv. Ill, roll about,

stain, defile.

bi-werien, wv. I, defend, protect,
bi-wintan, sv. Ill, wrap up.
bi-zeiuen, wv. I, mark.
blat, sn. (pi. bletir), leaf,
bliden (Goth, bleipjan), wv. I,

rejoice, be joyful.
blidi, aj. kind, friendly, blithe,
blidida, sf. gladness, joyfulness.
blint, aj. blind.
bliwan, bliuwan, sv. II, strike,

beat.

bluot, pluot, sn. blood,
bluun, pret. yd pi. of bliwan.
boto, wm. messenger,
bouhnen, wv. I, dot. pers., ace, rei,

intimate, signify, make a sign.
bourn, poum, sm. tree,
brfediga. see prediga.
br@hhan, br§chan, sv. IV, break.
breit, aj. broad, large,
breiten, wv. I, extend, spread out.
brennen (Goth, brannjan), wv.

I, burn.

brieven (Jr. Lat. breviare), wv.
I, register, record, count

bringan (pret. brahta, see § 178,
note 2), swv. bring.

brinnan, prinnan, sv. Ill, burn.

brot, sn. bread.

bruchen, bruhhen (Goth, bruk-
jan), wv. I, enjoy, use.

brunno, wm. well.

bruoder, sm. brother.

brust, sf. breast.

brut-louft, brut-loft, smf. mar-
riage.

brut-louft-llh, aj. bridal, nuptial.

bu, pu (gen. buwes), sm. abode,
dwelling.

buart, buen (pret. buta), wv. I,
dwell.

buoh, buah, smnf. book.

buohhari, buachari, buocheri,
sm. scribe.

buo^, sf. remedy, redress.

buo^en, buoqqen (Goth, botjan),
wv. make good, atone for; ace.
pers. , gen. rei, get free.

buoz'^a, puaz^a, buo^a, puaqa,
sf. penance, abasement, punish-
ment.

burg, sf. city.

buro-lang, aj. very long.

gi-burt, sf. birth.

buzza, see phuzza, sf. well.

C.

Words beginning with c, fol-
lowed by a, o, u, or words begin-
ning with eh, will be found under
k. Words beginning with c, fol-
lowed by e, i, will be found under
z. See § 7.

D. TH.

d initially in Otfrid will be found

under t.
da, see thar.
thagen, githagen, wv. Ill, be

silent.

152

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

thanan,danan,thanana,danana,
av. and cj. whence, thence, from
that place, away from, hence,
therefore, wherefore ; thanan
tho, thereupon, afterwards, then.

thane, thank, dano, sm. thought,
remembrance, thanks.

gi-thank, gidanc, gadanch, sm.
thought.

thankon, wv. II, thank.

tbanne, danne, thanna, danna,
av. and cj. then, when, whenever,
therefore, because; after the
compar, than.

thanta, danta, cj. because.

lhar, dar, da, av. there, where ;
generally weakened to ther , der,
de, when used as a relative
particle; tharana, thereupon,
thereon.

thara, dara, av. and cj. thither,
whither ; tharazua, thereto.

tharot, av. thither.

tha^, day, cj. that.

de, the, see § 165, and notes :
de = thie.

thegan, degan, sm. boy, servant,
warrior.

the'gan-heit,j/!manliness,bravery.

thSh-ein, dehein, dehhein, aj.-
pr. any, anyone ; in neg. sen-
tences, no one, no, none.

th6h-einig = the'h-ein.

deil, see teil ; deilen, see teilen.

demuaten, see thio-muoten.

thende = then + de, weakened
form of thar ; thendir = then +
dir, weakened form of thar.

thenken,denchan,denchen, wv.
I (pret. thahta), think, de-
liberate.

thennen, thenen, denen (Goth.
panjan), wv. I, stretch out.

deomuati, see thio-muoti.

deota, see thiota.

th6r (Tat. thie, the, the'r) , der ;
neut. thaq, dasj ; fern, thiu,

diu, art., pr. dent, and rtl. ;
instr. thiu, diu, in combination
with prepositions; bithiu,bidiu,
therefore, because, since ; bithiu
wanta = wanta ; in thiu, there-
in, thereto, in case that ; mit
thiu, since, as, because.

these, theser, dese, deser, pr.
demon, this.

dezemoti (Lat. decimare), wv.
II, give the tenth part.

tbia, see § 165, note 3.

thiede = thie + de, weakened form
of thar.

thiet, set thiot.

thiggen, thicken, wv. I, beg,
implore, beseech.

thihan, dihan, sv. I, advance,
effect.

thicken, see thiggen.

dilli, see tilli.

thin, din (tin), poss. pr. thy.

thing, ding, dink, sn. thing,
reason, charge, accusation.

thing-hus, thinchus, sn. prae-
torinm, official hall, syna-
gogue.

thingon, wv. II, discuss, bargain.

thinkil, sm. grain, wheat.

thinsan, dinsan, sv. Ill, draw.

thio (see § 165); thiode = thio +
de, weakened form of thar.

thiob, diob, sm. thief.

thio-muoten, demuaten, wv. 1.
humble.

thio-muoti ,de omuat i,aj. humble .

thionon, dionon, wv. II, serve.

thionost, diouost, smn. service,
compliance.

thiorna, diorna, wf. virgin,
maiden.

thiot (thiet), smn. folk, people.

thiota, diota, theota, deota, 571^.
people, nation.

thiu, diu (gen. thiuwi), .</. maid.
maid-servant.

diuren, see tiuren.

GLOSSARY

153

diuri, see tiuri ; diurison, see

tiurison.

do (p. 138, 1. io)= thii, du.
tho, do, av. and #'. then, therefore,

but, whilst ; thode = tho + de,

weakened form of thar.
thoh, doh, av. and ej. yet, also,

however, although.
doht, see toht.
tholon, wv. II, tholen, wv. Ill,

suffer, endure.
thonsr, stn. thunder,
thorf, thorph, sn. village, hamlet.
thorn, dorn, sm. thorn.
dot, see tod.
dowen, see touwen.
thrato, drato, av. quickly, very,

greatly, very much.
threwen, wv. I, threaten,
thri, dri, num. three.
thritto, dritto, num. third.
thriu-hunt, num. three hundred.
thu, du,/r. thou.
thuingan — thwingan.
thult, thulti, sf. patience,
thulten, dulten, iw. I, suffer,

endure,
thunken, wv. (pret. thuhta),

seem, appear,
duom. see tuom : duommen, see

tuommen.
duon, see tuon.
dura, see tura.
thurah, see thuruh.
durah-faran, sv. VI, go through.
thurfan, durfan,/r^.-/rw. need.
thurft, durft, sf. need,
thurftig.durftig, aj. poor, needy.
thurnin, aj. thorny.
thurri, durri, aj. dry, withered,
thurst, durst, sm. thirst.
thurstag, aj. thirsty.
thursten, dursten, wv. I, thirst,

be thirsty ; impers. c. ace. of

person,
thuruh, thurah, duruh, durah,

prep. r. ace. through, by, on

account of, because of; thurah

thaq, therefore,
thuruh-fremen, wv. I, fulfil,

finish, complete,
thuruh-slahan, sv. VI, beat one

soundly.
thuruh-stShhan, sv. IV, pierce

through.

thuruh-thigan, aj.part. perfect.
thuruh-'W'onen, wv. Ill, remain,
thusunt, dusunt, num. thousand.
dwellen, see twellen.
thwesban, ir-thwesben, wv. I,

extinguish, destroy,
thwingan (thuingan), sv. Ill,

compel, force.

E.

eban-bruchen, wv. I, have inter-
course with, have dealings with.

eckrodo, av. only.

eddo, Sdo, »do, cj. or.

edil, edili, sn. noble race.

edil, edili, aj. noble.

edil-thegan, sm. man of noble
birth, warrior.

edil-zunga, ivf. noble language.

evangelic (Lat. evangelium), writ.
gospel.

eht, sf. possession, thing.

eid-burt, sf. oath.

eigan (heigan), pret.-pres. have,
possess.

eigan,/arA aj. own ; sn. property,
possession.

ein, num. and pr. one ; weak decl.
alone.

einig, enig, einic, aj.-pr. any,
anyone.

ein-lif, num. eleven.

einon, wv. II, unite ; wir birun
gieinot, we agree.

eiscon, wv. II, investigate, de-
mand, ask.

ellen, ellian, sn. courage, bravery,
strength.

ellian-llcho, av. courageously.

154

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

endi, enti, cj. see anti.

endion, wv. (see enton), II, end.

ener, pr.-aj. (ille), that, yon.

engi, enge, aj. narrow.

engil, sm. angel.

Sno, particle interrogative, num-

quid, nonne.
enstig, aj. gracious,
enti = anti, cj. and.
enti, sn. end.

enton, endon, endion, wv. II,end.
eo, see io.

6r, hSr, pers. pr. he.
Sr (Goth, diz), sn. ore, brass.
er, av. ere, before, formerly ; cj.

before, until ; prep. c. dot. before.
Sra, sf. renown, honour.
erbarmen, see ir-barmen.
erbolgan, //. of ar-belgan.
erda (he"rda), sf. earth,
drd-ounni, sn. tribes of the earth.
8rd-gi-ruornessi, sn. earthquake.
Srd-ring, sm. orbit of the earth,
eren, wv. Ill, honour.
ervirrit, see ar-firren.
erfuoron, pret, 3. //. of ar-faran.
ergrfihti «= ere-grfihti, sf. mercy,

grace.

erhaban, //. of ar-heffen.
erhahan = ar-hahan.
erhangan, //. of ar-hahan.
Sriro (Goth, airiza), aj. compar.

former.

erist-boran, part. aj. firstborn.
eristo, aj. superl. first ; zi eristo,

at first, for the first time.
ercantis, subj. pret. 2. sing, of

ir-kennen.
er-kiosan, sv. II, try, choose,

select.

erlosen = ar-ldsen.
er-losida, sf. redemption,
erougen, see ar-ougen.
er-rahhon, wv. II, tell, relate,
erreckit, pp. of ar-recken.
er-sluogin, pret. subj. 3. //. of

ar-slahau.

ersterben = ar-stfirban.
erwacta, pret. 3. sing, of ar-

erwdrphan = ar-werphan.
ewa (Goth, diws), sf. eternity,

law.

e-wart, sm. e-warto, wm. priest.
ewida, sf. eternity; zi ewidu,

everlastingly, for ever.
ewig, aj. eternal, everlasting.
ewin, aj. eternal.
ewinig, aj. eternal.
ewit (Goth, awepi), sn. flock of

sheep.

ezqan, esjan, sv. V, eat.
e^ijih, sm. vinegar.

F. V.

fagar, aj. beautiful.

fahan, sv. VII, catch, seize, take.

fahs, sm. hair of the head.

fallan, sv. VII, fall.

far (nom. pi. ferri), sm. ox.

fara, fari, sf. snare, danger,

temptation.

faran, varan, sv. VI, go.
far-brennen, varprennen, wv.\,

burn up.

far-brinnan, sv. Ill, burn up.
far-dolen, fartholen, wv. Ill,

suffer, bear, endure.
far-geban, sv. V, give, forgive.
farkip, imper. i. sing, of far-

geban.

far-couffen, -coufen, -wv. I, sell.
far-mullen, wv. I, break, pound.
varprennen, see far-brennen.
var-senken, -senkan.tt/z'. I, sink,

destroy.

far-slintan, sv. Ill, swallow up.
var-swelhan, sv. Ill, swallow

up, gulp up, suck up.
fart, vart, sf. course, journey.
fartan,/ar^. aj. condemned, guilty,

lost.
fart-muodi, aj. weary, tired by a

journey.

GLOSSARY

'55

fast a, sf. fast, fasting.

fast-muoti, fastmuati, aj. con-
stant, firm.

fater, vater, sm. father.

fater-los, aj. fatherless.

faz,, sn. vessel.

faz,za, va3,z.a, j/! burden.

fehon, ivv. II, eat, feast.

fehtau, vehtan, sv. Ill, fight.

feizz,it, feizit, aj. fat.

felgen, wv. I, lay claim to some-
thing for oneself (dot.}.

felt, vSlt, j«. field, land.

fer, av. from afar.

ferah, sn. life.

ferro, az>. afar, distant, from afar.

fers, vers, sm. verse.

festi, sf. firmness ; in festi, av,
surely, certainly.

festinon, wv. II, fasten, make
fast.

fialun, pret. pi. of fallan.

fiant, vlant, fiiant, sm. enemy.

flga, wf. fig.

fihu, sn. cattle.

fillen, wv. I, scourge.

fllu, fllo, vilo, uninfl. neut. c. gen.
and av. much.

fimf, flnf, num. five.

findan, sv. Ill, find, perceive.

finf-hunt, num. five hundred.

finf-zug, num. fifty.

fingar, finger, vinger, sm. finger.

finstaruessi, sn. darkness.

finstri, sf. darkness.

fior, vior, num. four.

fir-daranoii, wv. II, condemn.

firdan, //. of flr-tuon ; as aj.
guilty.

firiha.viriha, (nom.pl.\ sm. men.

firina, virina, sf. guilt, sin, mis-
deed.

virin-lih, aj. terrible.

firin-lust, sf. criminal lust, desire.

fir-meinen, wv. show, make clear.

fir-sagen, wv. Ill, deny.

fir-slmtan, sv. Ill, swallow up.

fir-stantnissi, sn. understanding.
fir-tragau, firdragan, sv. VI,

bear, endure.

flr-tuon, v. anom. give pain, curse.
fir-wSrdan, sv. Ill, perish.
fir-wiz,z,an, pret.-pres. refl. be

sensible, reasonable.
fisc, sm. fish.

flsgo = fisco, gen. pi. of fisc.
fiur, viur, vuir, sn. fire.
flzus-heit, sf. cunningness, sly-
ness.

flehtan, sv. Ill, plait, twist,
fliohan, fliahan, sv. II, tr. and

intr. escape.

fllfy sm. diligence, zeal, exertion.
fli^zan, girliz,au, sv. I, strive

zealously.

fliz.z,Ig, fli^Ig, aj. diligent, zealous,
fone, aj. pi. few.
fol, aj. c. gen. and dat. full,
folgen, wv. Ill, follow,
folk, folc, sn. people.
vol-list, sf. help, aid, pleasure.
follon, av. completely, very,
fon, von, prep. c. dat. and instr.

from, concerning, about, by ;

1'on thiu, therefore ; fon then,

among them.

fona,/r^. c. dat. from, of.
fora, for, vora, prep. c. dat. be-
fore, in the presence of, against.
fora-faran, sv. VI, go before.
fora-sago, wm. prophet,
for-brennen, varprennen, wv, I,

consume, burn up.
vor-faran, see fur-faran.
for-geban, sv. V, forgive,
forhta, sf. fear,
forhtanten, pres. part. dat. pi. of

forhten.
forhten, wv. I, fear, be afraid, be

in fear.

for-coufen, iw. I, sell.
for-lazan, sv. VII, forgive, leave,

dismiss, send away.
for-lasgnessi, sn. forgiveness.

156

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

vorliez, pret, I. 3. sing, of for-

laz.an.

for-lust, sf. loss, waste,
forna, av. before,
for-stantan, sv. VI (pret. -stuont,

-stuot), understand, get to know,

perceive.

fragen, wv. Ill, ask.
from, av. forwards, far, out.
fram-bringan, sv. Ill (see § 178,

note a), bring forward, proclaim,
fram-hald, aj. bent forward, for-
ward.

f ram-quern an, sv. IV, go out.
frano, see frono.
frawa-licho, av. joyfully.
freht, sf. service, merit.
fremmen, fremen, wv. I, fulfil.
frewen, frouwen, wv. I, be glad ;

refi. rejoice,
frewida, sf. joy.
fridu, sm. peace,
friie-tag, sm. Friday,
frist, sf. time,
friunt, vriunt, sm. friend.
fro (Goth, frauja), wm. master;

fro min, used only in reference

to Christ or an angel.
fronisc, fronisg, aj. beautiful,

shining, holy.
frono, frano, aj. indecl. (properly

gen. pi. of fro, master), divine,

holy, beautiful.
fro won, frouwon, wv. II. refi.

rejoice.

fruht, sf. fruit.

fruma, sf. advantage, interest.
frummen, frumman, gifrum-

men, -wv. I, perform, do, make.
fair, vuir, fiur, sn. fire ; see fiur.
fullen, wv. I, fulfil, fill.
fullida, sf. completion, end.
fuogen, fuagen, wv. I, unite, put

together, combine,
fuogi, fuagi, sf. addition, con-
nection,
fuoz,, sm. foot.

furben, wv. I, sweep, clean.
furdir, av. further to the front,

henceforth,
fur-faran, vorfaran, sv. VI, pass

away,
fur-goumo-loson, wv.\\, neglect,

disregard.

furi, prep. c. ace. before,
furi-faran, sv. VI, pass by.
furi-magan, pret.-pres. get the

upper hand, overcome,
furiro, av. compar. to furi, former,

greater, more ; neut. aj. as av.

furira, more,
furi-sizzen, -sitzen, sv. V, sit

away, lose by sitting.
furi-stentida, sf. understanding,
furcoufit, pres. 3 sing, of far-

couffen.

furlaz^an = for-laz.an.
furlegan,//. of fur-ligan ; as aj.

adulterous.

fur-ligan, sv. V, commit adultery,
fur-liosan, forliosan, sv. II, lose,

destroy.

fur-nidaren, wv. I, condemn,
furnidirit = furnidarit.
furstantan = for-stantan.
fur-w6rdan, sv. Ill, perish,
fuzze = phuzza, sf. well.

Or.

gahen, gigahen, wv. I, hasten,

hurry.

gahun, av. quickly, suddenly,
galla, wf. gall.
galtan = gi-haltan.
gaman, sn. play, fun, joy.
gan, see gangan.
ga-nerien = nerien.
gang, sm. a going, walking, way.
gangan, gan, gen, sv. VII, go,

walk,
ga-nist, kanist, sf. deliverance,

safety.
ga-nuhtsam, kinuhtsam, aj.

plenteous.

157

gaot = guot.

garawen, garuen, wv. I, make
ready, prepare.

garo (gen. garwes), aj. ready.

gsro, av. entirely, completely,
very.

gart, sm. boundary, circle.

garwen = garawen,

gast, sm. guest.

gast-hus, sn. inn.

ggba, sf, gift.

geban, kepan, sv. V, give, grant.

geet, pres. 3. sg. and 2. //. to
gangan.

gegin-werti, sf. presence.

gehan, sv. V, confess. See § 91.

geist, sm. ghost, spirit.

ge-kunni, aj. inborn, hereditary.

gel tan, sv. Ill, return, make good,
pay for, pay.

gener, see jener.

gern-lihho, av. diligently, ear-
nestly, carefully.

gerno, kerno, av. gladly, readily,
willingly.

ggron, keron, wv. II, geren, wv.
Ill, wish, request.

gevuhti, pret. subj. 3. sg. of
fehtan.

gi-beini, sn. bones, legs.

gi-berahton, -berehtou, wv. II,
glorify.

gi-beran = beran.

gi-bergan = bergan.

gi-bet, gebet, kebet, sn. prayer.

gi-biotan, sv, II, bid, order, com-
mand.

gi-birgi, sn. mountain, hilly
country.

gibiudist, pres. 2. sg. of gi-
biotan.

gi-bot, sn. edict.

gi-burt, sf. birth.

gi-thank, gidanc, gadanch, sm.
thought.

gi-thizigi, sn. consultation, hope.

gidiurit, see tiuren.

gi-thiuto, av. suitably, fitly, nobly.

gi-drahta, sec trahta.

githrewen = threwen.

giduet, imper. i.pl. of tuon.

giduot, see tuon.

gi-enton, wv. II, end, accomplish.

gi-fang, sn. dress, clothing.

gi-fangida, kefangida, sf. cap-
tivity.

giveha, subj. pres. 3. sg. of gi-
fShan.

gi-fehan, sv. V, rejoice, be glad.

gi-feho, wm. joy, gladness.

giflang, pret. sg. of fahan.

gi-folgen, wv. Ill, pursue, follow.

gi-fremmen, gifremen, wv. I,
perform, fulfil.

gift, sf. gift.

gi-fullen, wv. I, fulfil, perform,
accomplish.

gi-gahan, see gahen.

gi-haltan (galtan), cahaltan, sv.
VII, hold, keep, preserve.

gi-heilen, wv. I, heal, save.

gihohen, see hohen.

gi-hugen, wv. I, think ; c. gen.
remember.

giquStan,//. of quedan.

gi-kiosan, sv. II, choose.

gilamf, pret. 3. sg. of gi-lira-
pban.

gi-lari, sn. room, space, abode.

gi-laubo, wm. faith.

gilerit, pp. as aj. learned.

gi-lih, aj. like, similar; after gen.
pi. = each, every.

gi-lihnessi, sn. parable.

gi-llho, av. in like manner.

gi-limphan, sv. Ill, be meet, fit ;
imper s. c. dot. =» oportet, decet.

gilinpfit = gilimphit.

gi-louba, galaupa, calaupa, ka-
lauba, sf. faith, belief.

gi-louben, wv. I, believe, c. dot.

gi-lumpf-lih, gilumplih, aj. be-
fitting, fit, suitable.

gi-lust, sf. desire, joy, satisfaction.

158

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

gi-lust-lih, aj. joyful, pleasant,
gi-luten =luten.

gi-macha, sf. thing, affair.

gi-mahha, u<f. wife.

gi-marcon, wv. II, appoint.

gi-meinen, wv. I, make common,
unite, exhibit.

gi-mirrot, aj. part, spiced or
mixed with myrrh.

gi-munt, sf. memory.

gi-muntigon, wv. II, remember.

gi-nada, ganada, genada, ka-
n&da, sf. mercy, grace, favour.

gi-nadig, kenadig, aj. kind,
merciful.

gi -nadon , wv. II, genaden (kena-
dit, Ps. cxvi), wv. I, be gracious,
have mercy upon.

gi-nemnen = nemnen.

gi-nesan, gangsan, sv. V, be
saved, remain alive, get away.

gi-noto, av. exactly, zealously,
very.

gi-noz, sm. sharer, partaker.

gi-nuhtsaml, sf. abundance,
plenty.

gi-nuog, kinuog, aj., av. enough.

gi-nuogi, ginuagi, aj. enough.

gi-nuogi, ginuagi, sf. abundance,
sufficiency.

gi-offanon (pret. sg. gioffo-
nota), wv. II, open.

giozzan, sv. II, pour.

gi-rati, garati, sn. advice, re-
solve, conclusion.

girehfestigot, //. of r6ht-fesli-
gon.

girida, kirida, kyrida, sf. desire,
lust.

gi-rihten, iw. I, c. gen. inform of,
acquaint with ; direct, guide.

girren, see irren.

gi-rusti, sn. arrangement, pre-
paration.

gi-samanon, wv. II, gather to-
gether.

gi-sehan =- se'han.

gi-sellio, wm. house-mate, com-
panion, friend.

gi-semon, wv. II, assemble.
gisontidiu, pp. nom. pi. neul. of

senten.
gi-sezzen, -setzen, wv. I, place,

put.

gi-siht, sf. vision,
gi-sindi, sn. retinue,
gi-scaft, sf. creature,
gi-skeid, sn. separation, decision,

end.
gi-scouwon, wv. II, look upon,

regard,
gi-scrib, sn. writing, scripture,

census.

gi-standan, to stand; wstantan,
gi-stillen = stillen.
gi-stirri, sn. star, constellation,
gi-sund, aj. safe, sound, unhurt,
gi-trenken, wv. I, give to drink,
gi-triwi, gidriuwi, aj. true, faith-
ful,
gi-turran, gidurran, kiturran,

pret.-pres. dare, venture,
gi-wahan, sv. VI, mention, relate,
gi-walt, sf. power,
gi-waltan, kiwaltan, sv. VII,

rule over, wield.
gi-want, sn. turning, end.
giwant, //. of gi-wenten.
gi-wara, av. carefully, attentively.
gi-wara-licho, av. in truth, truly.
gi-wati, sn. clothing, garment,

dress,
gi-wedar, pr. both the one and

the other, both,
gi-welih, pr. all, every one.
gi-weltig, aj. having power,

powerful.

gi-wenten, wv. I, convert, turn,
gi-werban, sv. Ill, turn, convert,
gi-werdon, kawerdon, iw. II,

deign, vouchsafe, be pleased.
gi-werri, sn. sedition, rebellion,
gi-wesso, av. indeed, certainly,

therefore, but.

GLOSSARY

159

gi-widaron, wv. II, resist, be
against, be hostile to.

gi-winnan, sv. Ill, attain, reach,
conquer.

gi-wissi, sf. certainty ; in giwissi,
certainly.

gi-wi^nessi, sf. testimony, cove-
nant.

gi-wi^-scaf, sf. testimony.

gi-wisjqida, kawizida, sf. under-
standing, wisdom.

gi-won, aj. wont, accustomed.

gi-wona, swf. custom.

gi-wona-heit, sf. custom.

giwuagin, subj. pret. //. of gi-
wahan.

gi-wurt, sf. joy, pleasure.

gi-zal, aj. easy, quick.

gi-zami, aj. becoming, fitting.

gi-aeihhanon, wv. II, signify,
give a sign.

gi-ziug, sn. implement.

gi-zxingi, sn. language.

gold, sn. gold.

gom-man, sm. husband.

gonio, yum. man.

got, god, sm. God.

got-cund, aj. divine.

got-man, sm. servant of God.

goto-webbi, sn. purple robe.

goto-webbin, aj. purple.

gouma, sf. dinner, supper, good
fortune; gouma neman, per-
ceive, observe.

grab (//. grebir), sn. grave,
tomb.

graban, sv. VI, dig up.

gravo, wm. ruler, president,
governor.

gruoni, aj. green.

gund-fano, wm. war-standard.

guollih, gualllh = guatlih, guot-
lih, aj. good, friendly, glorious ;
aii. guallicho.

guot, guat, gaot, aj. good ; com far.
be^iro, stiperl. be^sjisto.

H.

haben, hapen, haban, hapan,

wv. Ill, have,
haft, aj. bound, chained.
hahan, sv. VII, hang, crucify.
halingon, av. secretly.
halon, see holon.
haltan, sv. VII, watch, keep,

hold.

halz, aj. lame.

hamal-stat, sf. place of Calvary.
hangen, wv. Ill, hang,
hano, wm. cock,
hansa, sf. cohort,
bant, sf. hand.
hantolon, wv. II, touch with the

hand, treat,
hapan, see haben.
hapeta, pret. sg. of haben.
haranscara, see harm-scara.
haren, heren, (Goth.hazjan), wv.

Ill, call, cry.

harm, sm. harm, insult, outrage.
harm-scara, haranscara, sf. pain-
ful punishment, chastisement,
hart, herti, aj. hard,
harto, av. very much.
haz^on, wv. II, hate,
he = her, see er.
hebet, imper. i.pl. of hefTen.
hebig, aj. = hevig, heavy,
hebiti, hebitos, hebist, see §

198, note 2.
heffen, hevan, heven, sv.VI, lift,

raise,
hefig, hevig, hebig, aj. heavy,

weighty, important; hefig sin,

be troublesome.
heidan, aj. as subst. pagan,

heathen.

heidan, heidin, aj. heathen,
heigan, see eigan.
heil, aj. safe, unhurt, sound,

whole ; heil wis ! = Lat. salve,

ave, hail !
heilse, ace. pi. masc. of heij.

i6o

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

heilag, aj. holy.

heilagnessi, sn. holiness.

heilagon, wv. II, hallow, sanctify.

heilant, sm. Saviour, Jesus.

heilazen, wv. I, greet, salute.

heilazunga, sf. salutation.

heilen, iw>. I, save, heal.

heill, heilida, sf. safety, salvation.

heilizita, pret. sg. of heilazen.

helm, smn. home.

heimina, 'av. away from home,

from home.

heim-wartea, av. homewards,
heit-haft, aj. belonging to the

priesthood.

heiz, aj. hot, urgent, important,
heiq-muoti, sf. anger, wrath,
heizzan, heizan, sv. VII, intr. be

called ; tr. name, command.
heizzo, heizo, av. ardently, fer-
vently.

helden, wv. I, bend,
he'lfa, sf. help.

he'lfan, helphan, sv. Ill, help.
he If ant, sm. elephant,
hellan, sv. Ill, sound,
holli -wlzzi, sn. punishment of hell,

hell.

hSr, pr. he, see er.
hera, av. hither,
hera-sun, av. hither,
herda, see erda.
heren, see bar en.
heri, sn. army.
heri-zoho, wm. chief,
herosto, heristo, aj. sitperl. chief,
heroti, sn. mastership, superiority,

magistrates, senate.
herro, wm. master,
herti, see hart,
herti, sf. hardness,
herza, wm. heart,
hiar, hia, her, av. here,
hiengi n, subj. pret. pi. of hahan.
hier, here ; see also hiar.
hier-wist, sf. (lit. being here), life

on earth.

hilfa - helfa, help.

himil, sm. heaven.

himilisc, himilisg, aj. celestial,

heavenly.

himil-zungal, sn. heavenly star,
hinan, av. from this place ; fon

hinan, moreover, besides.
hina-vart,i/; departure, journey to.
hintar-quSman, sv. IV, go back,

be frightened (c. gen.).
hio «= io, eo, ever.
hirti, sm. shepherd.
hiu, pr. instr. sg. of waz, there-
fore ; bi hiu, wherefore,
hiutu, av. on this day, to-day,
hiwiski, sn. family,
hluten, luten, wv. I, give a sound,

sound.

hob,, aj. high.
hohen, gihohen, wv. I, make

high, exalt.
hohi, sf. height ; fon hdhi (ex

alto), from on high.
hohisto, aj. superl. of hoh.
hoisto = hohisto.
hold, holt, aj. gracious, faithful.
holon, halon, wv. II, holen, wv.

Ill, fetch, call, invite.
holz, sn. wood,
hona, sf. derision, mockery,
honen, wv. I, spot, mock,
hon-lih, aj. ignominious.
horen.horren, w?<. I, hear ; c. dat.

obey.

horn, sn. horn,
horn-gibruoder, sm. leper.
houbit, houpit, sn. head,
huggen, huokan, gihukken,

kyhukken, gihuggen, wv. I,

think of.

huldi, sf. favour,
hungaren, wv. I, hunger,
hunteri, sm. centurion,
huora, sf. adultery,
hursken, hursgen,wz>. I, exercise,

make zealous,
bus, sn. house.

GLOSSARY

161

I.

ia, see ja.

ibu, ipu, cj. if.

ih, pers. pr. I.

ilen, illen, ivv. I, hasten.

ilunga, sf. haste.

im-bot, sn. command, order.

imos = imo es.

imosj = imo iz..

in., prep, c. ace. into ; dat. instr. with,
in, among, between ; in alawari,
verily ; in tbiu, in this, herein.

in, pr. dat. //., to them.

man, him (ace.).

insa\.,prep. c.dat. in, within; inan
in, within themselves.

in-brinnan, inprinnan, sv. Ill,
take fire, kindle, inflame.

in-thihan, sv. I, c. gen., to under-
take a thing.

in-fahan, sv. VII, conceive.

in-gagan, prep. c. dat. against.

in-gangan, ingan, sv. VII, enter,
go into.

ingeit, pres. $. sg. of in-gan-
gan.

in-geltan, sv. Ill, c. gen. pay for,
pay penalty for.

in-crebon, wv. II, rebuke.

iu-liuhten, wv. I, give light.

innan, inan, innana, av. within,
inside.

innuovilu, sn.pl. entrails ; innuo-
vilu miltida, viscera miseri-
cordiae, most inward (tender)
mercy.

inphahan = in-fahan.

inphieng, fret. $. sg. of int-
fahan.

intfagana, pp. ace. sg. fern, of
int-fahan.

int-fahan, sv. VII, conceive, take
under one's protection, receive.

int-fuoren, in tfuaren, «/».!, lead

away, withdraw, remove,
intgangan, sv. VII, escape, get
away.

inti, indi, ind,</. and ; see anti ;

inti . . . inti, both .... and.
int-llheri, inliheri, sm. usurer,

money-lender.
iut-sizzen, insizzen, sv. V, fear,

apprehend.

in-tratan, sv. VII, be afraid of.
int-stantan, instandan, sv. VI,

understand.

int- waten, vtv.I, undress, take off.
io, eo, av. ever, always,
io-gi-lih, iagilih, aj. pr. each.
io-gi-w§lih, pr. each, every,

all.

ioh, see joh.
io-man, iaman, eoman,/r. indef.

anyone.

io-mer, iamer, av. ever,
io-wiht, iawiht, pr. anything,

aught.

ipu, see ibu.
ir, prep., see ur.
ir, pr. pers. ye.
ir- barmen, erbarmen, wv. Ill,

have pity or compassion on.
ir-bitan, sv. I, expect, abide,
ir-thenken, wv. I, devise, think

out.

irdin, aj. of earth,
irdualta, pret. sg. of ir-twellen.
ir-thwesben, see thwesben.
ir-nndan, sv. Ill, find,
ir-forhten, yrforahten, wv. I,

reft, be afraid,
ir-fullen, wv. I, fulfil.
ir-furben, yrfurben, arfurpan,

wv. I, sweep clean, sweep away,
ir-geban, argeban, sv. V, give

up, hand over,
ir-kennen, wv. I, perceive, know,

understand.
ir-knaan,irknahaen, wv. I (pret.

Otfrid irknuatit), know, recog-
nize, perceive.

ir-lesgen = arlesgen, wv. I, de-
stroy.
ir-reinon, wv. II, make clean.

M

162

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

irren, girren, tw. I; irr6n,

girron, ivv. II, lead astray.
ir-retten, wv. I, deliver, rescue.
irron, wv. II, go astray, err.
ir-sagen, wv. Ill, tell in full,
ir-skinan, sv. I, begin to shine,

shine,
irsluagln, pret. pi. subj. of ar-

slahan.
ir-smahen, wv. IH,becomesmall,

appear insignificant.
irstSrban = ar-sterban.
ir-8uochen,-suohhen,-suachen,

wv. I, seek, investigate,
ir-teilen, irdeilen, wv. I, judge,

condemn.

ir-twellen, irdwellen, wv. I, re-
tard, delay, put off.
ir-wellen, wv. I, choose, intend,
ir-wenten, wv. I, turn aside,
ir-werten, arwartan, wv. I, hurt,

destroy,
ir-wintan, sv. Ill, c. gen. cease a

thing.

ir-zellen, wv. I, relate.
Ism, aj. of ice ; isine steina,

crystals, cryolites.
ital, aj. empty.

ita-wis$, itiwl^, sm. reproach.
it-mali, aj. festive,
iu, pr. dot. pi. of thu.
iu, see ju.

iung, iungiro, see Jung,
iuwer, iuer, pass. pr. your.
iq, prep., see ai$.
i$,/r. it.
13, imper. a. sg. of es^an.

J.

ja, ia, av. yea, verily.
jamar, smn. sorrow, grief,
jar, sn. year.

jehan, gehan, sv. V, confess, de-
clare. See § 91.
jener, gener,/r. dem. that, yon.
job, ioh, even, also, and.

ju, iu, av. now, already, yet.
jung, iung, aj. young; compar.

jungiro, as subst. disciple ;

superl. jungisto, youngest, last.

K, C (before a, o, u), Ch, Q.

ka-danch, cadanc, sm. thought,
ca-haltan, see gi-haltan.
ca-laupa, kalauba, see gi-louba.
kan, see kunnan.
ka-nada, see gi-nada.
kanerien, canerien = nerien.
"k.&p,pret. 3. sg. of gSban.
ka-werdon, see gi-w6rdon.
ka-wi^qida, see gi-wi^^ida.
ke-bet, see gi-bfit.
ke-fangida, see gi-fangida.
keisur, keisor, sm. emperor,
kec-prunno, see qu6c-brunno.
kecriftiu, pp. fern. sg. nom. of

kripfen.

ke-lop, aj. praised, renowned.
kempfo, khenfo, wm. warrior,

soldier.

kerno, see gerno.
khuning, khunic, see cuning.
ki-haldn, see gi-halon.
ki-huct, sf. memory, thought,
kicorana, //. //. of kicsan.
ki-lih, sec gi-llh.
ki-nada, see, gi-nada.
kinamta, pret. sg. of nemnen.
kind, sn. child.
kinuok, see ginuog.
kiosan, sv. II, choose,
kipannit, pres. 3. sg. ofbannan.
ki-scirri, sn. vessel,
ki-starkan, wv. I, make strong,

fortify,
kistentit, pres. 3. sg. of ki-

standan, gi-standan.
ki-tar, pres. 1.3. sg. of ki-turran,

gi-turran.

ki-tarnen, wv. I, hide, conceal,
kitriuflt, pres. 3. sg. of triofTan.
clafunga, sf. gnashing.

GLOSSARY

163

kleiben, wv. I, fasten.

kleini, aj. pretty, neat, small ; av.

kleino.

kleini, sf. neatness, exactness, art.
kneht, sm. boy, servant.
kneo, knio (gen. knSwes,

kniwes), sn. knee.
come, subj. pres. 3. sg. of quS-

man. See § 179, note,
com- men, gom-man, j/w.husband .
corn, korn, sn. corn,
coron, wv. II, c . gen. taste, test,

try.
corona (Lat. corona), sf. garland,

crown.

kosa, sf. point of dispute, narra-
tion.

koson, wv. II, speak,
costunga, sf. temptation.
kot, got, sm. God.
couf, sm. business.
couffen, coufen, wv. I, buy.
kreftig, aj. strong, powerful.
kripfen, kriffen, wv. I, snatch

away, seize.
crippea, sf. manger,
cruoi, chruci, kruci, sn. cross,

crucifix.

cruzon, wv. II, crucify.
quadhun, pret. 3. pi. of quedan.
chuanheit == kuanheit ; see

kuonheit.
quec, chueeh, aj. quick, alive,

living,
quec-brunno, kecpruno, wm.

living water; ace. sg. qufic-

prunnan.

quedan, sv. V, say, tell, name,
kuelen, see kuolen.
queman, sv. IV, come,
quena, wf. wife, woman,
quidih = quidu ih.
cumin, sn. cyminum, cummin,
cumist, cumit, 2. 3. s§. of que"-

man. See § 179, note,
cund, aj. known ; as subst. pi.

kinsfolk.

kunden, chunden, wv. I, pro-

claim, show, announce.
eunigin, sf. queen.
cuning, khunic, khuning, sm.

king.

kuning-lih, aj. kingly, regal.
kunnan, pret.-pres. be able, can,

know; pres. i. 3. sg. kan.
cunni, chunni, sn. race, genera-

tion, kinship.
kuolen, kuelen, wv. Ill, become

cool.
kuon-heit,kuanheit, sf. boldness,

bravery.

kuoni, kuani, chuani, aj. brave.
kuono, av. bravely.
kuphar, chupfer (Lat. cuprum"),

sn. copper.
curet, see curi.
curi, pi. curit, curet, imper. with

neg. ni curi = Lat. noli ; pro-

perly the subj, pret. to kiosan.
kurti, sf. shortness, brevity.
cus, sm. kiss.

cussen, cussan, wv. I, kiss.
kyhukken, see huggen.

ladon, wv. II, invite, call.

lahan, sn. veil.

lahhan, sn. cloth, cloak.

lacta, pret. sg. of lecken.

lamb, sn. lamb.

lang-lih, aj. long.

lango, av. long, a long time.

lant, sn. land.

lant-scaf, sf. district, country.

lant-thiot, sn. people of the land.

lastar, sn. blame, complaint.

lauc, see loug.

la^an, la^an, sv. VII, let, allow,

leave ; laq nu , used like Lat . sine.

, wv. Ill, tarry, linger.
leben, lepen, wv. Ill, live.
lecken, wv. I, wet.
legen,leggen (Goth, lagjan), wv.

I, lay, place.

M 2

i64

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

leid, sn. grief, pain.

leidnor, compar. of leid; intj.

alas!

leisten, wv. I, perform, grant,
leiten, wv. I, lead,
leitid, sm. guide, leader,
lengi, sf. length,
lenzo, mm. spring.
led (gen. lewes), sm. grave,
lera, sf. teaching, doctrine.
lerren, leren (Goth. l&isjan), wv.

I, teach, instruct,
lesen, sv. V, read, gather.
lewes, les, interj. ah ! alas !
lewinna, wf. torrent, stream.
lib, lip, sn. life, body,
libban (from *libjan), wv. I, live.
lid, sm. wine, a kind of spirituous

intoxicating drink,
lidan, sv. I, go, drive,
liggen, ligan (from *ligjan),

likkan, sv. V, lie, lie down,
lih-hamo, lihamo, win. body,

corpse.

lichezeri, sm. hypocrite.
lindo, av. softly, mildly,
linen, wv. Ill, recline, lean down,
liod, lioth, sn. song, hymn,
liogan, j?A II, lie (mentiri).
lioht, sn. light.
liogan, sv. II, draw lots, cast

lots.
Hp-leita, lib-leita, sf. livelihood,

sustenance,
list, sm. science, art.
1 is tig, aj. wise, cunning,
liuf, pret. i. 3. sg. of loufan.
liuhten, wv. I, shine,
liut, sn. folk,
lob, sn. praise, glory.
lobon, iw. II, praise,
loc, sm. hair,
londn, wv. II, dat. pers. gen. ra',

reward.

16s, sn. dissoluteness, wantonness,
losen, lossan, wv. I, make free,

free, deliver.

losunga, sf. deliverance, redemp-
tion.

loufan, sv. VII, run.

loug, lauc, sm. flame.

1015, sn. lot, fate; in loqqe = Lat.
sorte.

lucil = luzil.

luft, sf. air.

lugi, luki, sf. lie, untruth.

luginari, sm. liar.

lust, sf. joy, gladness.

lusten, wv. I, impers. c. dat. wish
for.

luten, see hluten.

luto, av. loudly, aloud.

luzzig, luzig, aj. little.

luzzil, luzil, lucil, aj. small,
little.

M.

mag, mak, sm. relation.

magad-burt, sf. bringing forth
from a virgin.

magan,mugan,/r^. -pres.be able.

maga-zogo, magaozogOj'i'w. edu-
cator, trainer.

magin, sf. kinswoman.

mahal, sn. judgment, doom.

mahalen, wv. I, betroth.

mahal-stat, sf. place of judgment.

maht, sf. strength, power.

maht, pres. 2. sg: of magan,
mugan.

mahtig, aj. mighty.

mac, pres. i. 3. sg. of magan,
mugan.

mach6n,7t^. II, make, do, prepare.

mammonto, av. gently, friendly,
lovingly.

mammunti.jw. friendliness, gentle-
ness, blessedness.

man (gen. mannes), sm. man.

manag, aj. much; nom. pi. masc.
manage, many.

manag-falt, aj. manifold.

man-kunni,manchunni,5» . man-
kind.

GLOSSARY

mannilih, aj. each, every.

mannogilih, aj. each, every.

man-slago, u»n. murderer.

man-slahta, ;f. murder.

mano, wm. moon.

manod, s/. month.

man on, wv. II, warn, exhort, re-
mind.

manude, dat. sg. of manod.

maren, wv. I, make known, pro-
claim.

mar ha, marca, sf. boundary, land,
end.

marha, sf. mare, horse.

mari, sn. news, tidings, story ;
mari tuon, make known, pro-
claim, relate.

marc on, marchon, wv. II, mark
off, settle, appoint.

marrit, /r*r. 3. sg., see merren.

masa, wf. wound, scar.

rnegin, sn. strength, power.

rueina, sf. opinion ; bl thia
meina, verily.

meinen, wv. I, mean, think.

mein-swart, sm. perjury, false
oath.

mein-tat, meindat, sf. evil deed.

meistar, sm. master.

meisto, aj. superl, greatest.

rnenden, wv. I, rejoice.

menigi, sf. multitude, crowd, host.

menigiro, compar. of manag.

menniski, sf. human form.

mennisco, merjnisgo, wm. man.

meri-grio^, sm. pearl.

mero (Goth, maiza), aj. compar.
greater; av. mer; neut. pi. as
av. more.

meron, wv. II, increase.

merren, marran, wv. I, hinder,
prevent, disturb, mar.

metar (Lat. metrum), sn. metre.

mes5, sn. measure.

me^an, sv. V, measure.

mieta, mlata, swf. reward, pay,
wages.

mihil, mihhil, aj. great.

mihhilnessi, sfn. majesty.

mihhiloson, wv. II, magnify.

miltida, sf. mercy.

ruin, poss. pr. my.

mixma, sf. love.

minniro, aj. compar. less; av.

min.

minnon, wv. II, love, like,
minza, wf. mint.
rnirra, nayrra, wf. myrrh.
misken, misgen, wv. I, mix.
missadahta, pret. sg. of missi-

thenken.
misse-leben, wv. Ill, lead a bad

life,
missi-sprehhan.missaspre'hhan,

sv. IV, speak amiss.
missi-tuon, missatuon, v. anom.

do amiss.
missi-, missa-thenken, wv. I,

think amiss, wrong,
missi-, missa-tat, sf. misdeed,
missi-truwen, missidruen, wv.

Ill, mistrust.
mit, pi ep. c. dat. and instr. with ;

rarely ace. with ; mit thiu, mit

diu, when, while, after, seeing

that.

mittemo, wm. the midst, middle.
mitti, aj. middle.
mittila-gart, mittilgart, sm.

earth, world,
mohta, pret. i. 3. sg. of magar,

mugan.

molt a, sf. dust, earth.
rnord, smn. murder.
morgan-lih, aj. pertaining to the

morning, morning,
mot, see muot.
mugan, magan, makan, pret.-

pres., may, be able ; pres. i-?,.sg.

mag, mac ; pret. sg. mohta.
mugga, mucca, swf. gnat, midge.
mund, srn. mouth.
muor, sn. moor, swamp.
muos, sn. food.

i66

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

muot, muat, mot, stun, mind,

spirit, courage,
muoter, muster, sf. mother.
m 11093 an, muoqan, pret.-prcs.

may, can, must,
muruwi, aj. tender,
muspilli, sn. destruction of the

world, day of judgment, the last

day.

N.

nah., prep. c. dat. and instr. near,

close by, by, about,
mi hen , wv. I , approach, come near,
mihisto, superl. of nah j subst.

wm. neighbour.
naht, sf. night,
naht-wahta, sf. nightwatch.
nail-wist, sf. a being near,
nalles ( = ni-alles), nalas, nales,

av. not, not at all, not however,
namo, wm. name,
uamon, wv. II, name,
i amtun, pret. pi. of nemnen.
nan = inan, him.
nartha, sf. narda.
natra, wf. viper, adder.
ne = ni, not.

n igen, wv. I, bend, incline.
reman = nio-man, sm. no one.
nenian, sv. IV, take, take down,
nemnen, nemnan, nemmen, ui>.

I, call, name, invoke.
nerien, nerian, nerren, nerran,

wv. I, save, rescue.
ni, neg. part. not.
nibi, nube, nub, cj. unless.
nid, sm. hate, envy, anger.
nidar, av. below.
T\idar-gi-sezzen (Goth, satjan),

wv. I, put down,
nidar-stigan, sv. I, descend, come

down.

nidarunga, sf. condemnation,
niesjant, pres. 3. //. of nioqan.
nih-ein, nichein, pr. no one, not

one.

nio, av. never ; strengthened form
nio in altare.

nio-man, pr. no one.

nio-wiht, sn. nothing.

nio^an, niozan, niaz>n, 5?'. II,
use, enjoy, share in.

nist, is not.

niunto, ninth.

niuwi, niwi, aj. new.

ni-wan, cj. nothing but, except.

noh, av. yet, and not ; nob. . . .
noh, neither . . . nor.

nollo, wm. hill.

not, sf. need, trouble, danger; bl
noti, necessarily, by necessity.

notag, notac, aj. distressed, in
need.

not-stallo, wm. companion in ad-
versity, fellow in arms.

nu, av. now.

nube, nub, see nibi.

nunft, numft, sf. a taking, receiv-
ing.

nuzzi, sf. use.

O.

oba, cj. if.

obanentig, aj. uppermost.

obanentigi, sf. the top.

obar, prep. c. ace. over, upon.

od-muotig, aj. humble, meek.

odo, oda, av. perhaps.

odo, oda, cj. or; odo . . . odo,

either ... or.
odo-wan, av. perhaps,
odo-wila, av. by chance.
ofan, ovan, sm. oven,
off anon, ofan on, wv. II, open.
ofto, av often,
oh, cj. but ; see ouh.
olbenta, wf. camel,
oli, sn. oil.
ora, wn. ear.
ordinon (Lat. ordinare), wv. II,

ordain, put in order, arrange,
ostana, av. from the East,
ostar, av. to the East, in the East.

GLOSSARY

167

oatarun, 6atoron,7<//»*.//. Easter,

Pascha.

ostrun, wf.pl, the Passover, Easter,
otag, aj. rich.

ot-muoti, odmuoti, sf. humility,
ouga, sn. eye.

ougen, ougan, wv. I, show.
ouh, oh, cj. also, but.

P.

pagan, see bagan.

palinz-hus, sn. palace.

palwic, see balwig.

pan, sea ban.

paradls, pardisi, sn. paradise.

parn, see barn.

paaton, wm. pi. failings.

peh (gen. pehhes), sm. hell, hell-
fire.

pfenningo, gen. pi. of phending.

phending, sm. denarius, penny.

phuzza, fuzze, buzza (Lat pu-
teus), sf. well.

phuzzi, sm. well.

pi, see bi.

pidiu, see bithiu, bidiu,

pidungan, //. of bi-thwingan ;
as aj. sad, troubled, distressed.

pi-haltida, sf. protection.

pina, sf. punishment, pain .

piaaufta, pret. sg. of bi-souffen.

pitan, see bitan.

piutit, pres. 3. sg. of biotan.

pivallan, see bi- fa 11 an.

piqueme, subj. pres. 3. sg. of
bi-queman, arrive, come.

prediga, brediga, sf. sermon.

predigon, praedigon (Lat. pre-
dicare), wv. II, preach.

prfidigunga, sf. preaching.

pringan, see bringan.

prinnan, see brinnan.

prosa, ivf. prose.

pruat, see brust.

pu, see bu.

puaza, see buoqa.

purpurin, aj. purple.

Q, see K.

B.

rahha, raoha, sf. account, thing.
rahhon, rachon, kirahhon, tr:

II, relate, tell.
rat, sm. advice, plan, help.
ratiaaa, sf. parable.
reda, sf. account.
redd, aj. quick.
redi-haft, aj. reasonable.
redinon, wv. II, speak, tell, re-

late.

. rSves, rSuea), j/«.womb.

refsen, wv. I, reprove, censure,

chide.

regula, sf. rule.
rent, aj. right, just, righteous;

sn. righteousness.
reht-festl, sf. justification.
reht-festigon, wv. II, justify.
rSht-gern, rehtkern, aj. just, up-

right.

r§ht-lih, aj. just.
rfihto, av. very, rightly.
reini, aj. clean, pure ; av. reino.
rein!, reinida, sf. purity, beauty,

cleanness.

reinou, wv. II, make clean.
reaten, wv. I, rest.
resti, sf. rest, repose.
retten, wv. I, withdraw, take

from, rescue.
richi-tuom,richiduam,5m. king-

dom.

rlhhi, sn. kingdom.
rihhisou, wv. II, rule, reign.
rihti, sf. direction, rule.
rihtunga, j/", judicial investigation,

trial.

ring, sm. ring, garland, circle.
ringan, sv. Ill, fight, struggle.
rioqqan, rioz,an, re oz^an, reozan

sv. II, weep, weep for, bewail.
risan, sv. I, fall.
ritan, sv. I, ride,

i68

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

riuwa, riwa, swf. regret, repent-
ance, sadness, penance.

rora, swf. reed.

rot, aj. red.

rouhhen, wv. I, offer up incense.

ruova, sf. number, numbering.

ruofan, sv. VII, call out, cry out.

ruogen, ruegen, wv. I, accuse,
arraign.

ruog-stab, ruagstab, s»i. com-
plaint, charge, accusation.

ruohhen, ruachen, wv. I, take
account of.

ruoren, ruaren, wv. I, touch,
move.

rusten, wv. I, adorn, make right.

ruta, wf. rue (plant).

S.

saga, sf. narration.

sagen, wv. Ill, say, tell.

sahen, wv. I (pret. sata), sow.

sahha, sf. reason, accusation.

salba, wf. salve, ointment.

salb-faq, sn. vessel of ointment,
alabastrum.

salbon, wv. II, anoint.

sallg, aj. blessed.

sal tun, pret. pi. of sellen.

sama, av. in like manner, similarly.

sama-lih, aj. same, of the same
nature.

saman, av. together, at the same
time.

samanon, samonon, wv. II,
gather together, collect, con-
gregate.

samanunga, sf. assembly, syna-
gogue.

samaritanisc (-g), aj. Samaritain.

sama-so, cj. as, just as.

sambas-tag, sm. sabbath day.

samo, wm. seed.

sang, sn. hymn.

Bant, sm. sand.

santa, pret. sg. of senten.

santtun, fret. 3. pi. of aenten.
sar, sare (Otfrid), av. at once,

immediately.

sar-io, az/.strengthened form of sar.
se, see seo.

sedal, sn. seat, throne,
segan, sm. blessing,
sdgenon, seganon, wv. II, bless,
segina, swf. net.
segist, pres. i. sg. of sagen {see

§ 193, note 2).
sehan, sv. V, see.
seher, see ser.
sehhil, sm. bag, sack.
sehs, num. six.
sehsto, num. sixth,
seid, sn. snare.
sela, sf. soul.
sdlbo, pr. (ipse), self,
selida, sf. abode, dwelling,
sellen, selen (Goth, saljan, OE.

sellan), wv. I, hand down,

transmit, deliver, betray,
selt-sani, aj. strange, wonderful,
senden, senten (Goth, sandjan ;.

•wv. I, send, give up, throw,
senken, senchan, wv. I, sink,

make to sink.
se-no, se-nu, se-no-nu, se-nu-

nu, interj. behold, lo !
seo, se {gen. sewes), sm. sea.
ser (seher), sn. pain,
sia = sie, they,
sibba, sf. peace, relationship,
sibun, num. seven,
sibunto, num. seventh.
sid, sidh, av. after, later; cj. since,

because ; prep, after,
siga-los, aj. unvictorious, con-
quered.

sigi-haft, aj, victorious,
sigi-kamf, sm. victorious battle.
sin, pr. refl. oneself,
sihan, sv. I, strain.
sih-wfillh, pr. indef. certain.
sih-w6r,/r. some one; sih-wasj,

something.

GLOSSARY

169

sichure, aj. sure.

silabar, sn. silver.

sillaba, sf. syllable.

simbulum, simbulun, av. always.

sin, pr. gen. sg. of h6r, fir.

sin, pr. pass, his.

sin, be, see § 202, note 2.

sind, sinth, sm. way, direction ; in

dem sinde, in that place, there.
singan, sv. Ill, sing, relate.
sinsaz. = si insaz,.
sint, see wesan.
sioh, siuh, aj. sick, ill.
sita, sf. side.

siton, wv. II, plan, make.
siuh, see siob.
sizzen.sitzen, -an (from *sitjan),

sv. V, sit.

skachari, schaheri. sm. robber.
scaffaneru, part. dat. fern. sg. of

skephen.
seal, see sculan.
skalk, scalch, scalh, scale, sm.

servant.

scaz (Goth, skatts), sm. money.
seeffen = skephen, sv. VI, draw

up, out.

skeidan, sv. VII, separate, sever.
skenken, wv. I, pour out, give to

drink.
skephen (Goth, skapjan), sv. VI,

create ; so scaffaneru, part. dat.

sg'. fern, pregnant, being with

child.

skerren, wv. I, allot, determine.
skiaro, skioro, av. quickly.
skilt, skild, sm. shield.

scinan, sv. I, shine, appear.

scolo, wm. debtor.

skoni, aj. beautiful, clear, bright ;

av. scono.

scoirwon, wv. II, view, look at.
scrib, scrip, sn. writing.
ecriban, -en, sv. I, write.
scrib-sahs, sn. writing-table.
sculan, pret.-pres. shall; pres. i.

sg. seal, skal, I shall, owe,
ought.

sould, sf. debt.

sculdig, aj. guilty ; as subst. n. pi.
sculdigon, debtors.

scuwo (scuuo), wm. shadow; dat.
sg. scuuen.

slaf, sm. sleep.

slafan, sv. VII, sleep.

slag, sm. blow.

slahan, sv. VI, strike.

slahta, sf. a killing, race, manner.

sle'ht, aj. straight, simple, quiet.

slihti, sf. evenness, simplicity.

slintan, sv. Ill, swallow.

slipf (dat. sg. slippe), sm. slip-
ping, falling.

sliumo, av. quickly, suddenly; so
sliurno so, as soon as.

sli^zan, sli^an, sv. I, slit, tear.

sluogun, pret. pi. of slahan.

smale-noz, (//.-noqqer), sn. small
cattle, sheep.

smerza, sf. pain.

snel, aj. quick, alive, eager, brave.

snelli, sf. quickness, bravery.

so (so), cz*. so, thus; s6-se = so-s6,
when, as, just as; so . . . so,
so ... as, as ... as; so
wglich, whosoever ; so we"r so,
whosoever; so war, where-
soever; so we so, howsoever;
so welichu, neut. ace. pi., as
subst. whatsoever things.

solari, sn. upper room, praetorium.

solih, aj. pr. such.

so\t&,pret. of sculan, see § 198.

sorga, sf. sorrow, care.

sorgen, sworgen, wv. Ill, c. gen.
be uneasy about, have sorrow,
care.

sougen, wv. I, give milk, suckle.

spahi, aj. wise.

spahida, sf. wisdom.

spanan, sv. VI, ace. pers.,gen. rei,
urge on.

sparo, wm. sparrow.

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

sparon, wv. II, keep, preserve,
spare.

apenton (Lat. expendere), wv. II,
expend.

gper, sn. spear.

spilou, wv. II, make fun, play.

splwan, sv. I, spit, spit upon.

sprahha, spracha, sf. language,
speech, discourse.

sprah-hus, sn. consulting-house.

aprangon, wv. II, spring, spring
up.

sprehhan, sprechan, sv. IV,
speak, say.

spunga, sf. sponge.

stan, sten, standan, stantan, ST.
VI, stand.

stank, sm. odour, stink.

stat, sf. place.

stedi, sn. sea-shore.

stShhan, stechan, sv. IV, pierce,
stick.

stein, sten, sm. stone, rock.

steit, pres. 3. sg. of standan.

stenma, sf. voice.

sten, stone, see stein.

sterken, kistarkan, wv. I, make
strong, fortify.

stSrro, mm. star.

stet, see stan.

stigan, sv. I, ascend, climb.

-stillen, wv. I, calm, pacify.

stimma, stimna, swf. voice.

strata, sf. street.

strengison, wv. II, become strong.

strewen, wv. I, spread, scatter.

stridunga, sf. a creaking, gnash-
ing.

stritan, sv. I, fight.

stual «= stuol, sm. stool, throne.

stua-tago, wm. day of punish-
ment, doomsday.

stuen, wv. I, atone for, pay
penalty.

stum, aj. dumb, mute.

stunta, sf. time, hour.

suarb, i. 3. pret. sg. of swerban.

sufan, sv. II, sip, drink.

sugan, sv. II, suck.

su-lih, so-lih,/r. such.

sum, aj. a certain, Lat. qnidatn.

sun, sunu, sm. son.

sundarm, sundirln, aj. southern.

sunna, sf. sun.

sunta, sundia, sf. sin.

suntar, av. especially.

suntig, -ic, aj. sinful ; as subs/.

sinner,
suohhen, suachen, wv. I, seek,

long for.

suona, suana, sf. judgment, atone-
ment, reconciliation,
suonari, suanari, sm. judge.
suonnen, suanneii, suonnan,

wv. I, expiate, administer jus-

tice, judge.

suon-stat, sf. place of judgment,
suor, pret. 3. sg. of sweren.
suosj^i, suoqi, suaqi, aj. sweet,

pleasant.
BUS, av. so, thus,
sus-lih, aj. pr. such.
swar, swari, aj. painful, pressing,

heavy.

swarz, aj. black,
swelgan (sufilgan), sv. Ill,

swallow.
swSrban (suSrban), sv. Ill, wipe,

dry.
sweren, sueren, swerren, swe-

rien, swerran, from *swarjan,

sv. VI, swear.
swSrt, sn. sword,
sweater (suSster), sf. sister,
swigen (auigen), wv. Ill, be

silent.
awilli^on, wv. II, burn away

slowly.
sworgen, see sorgeu.

T.

tag, tac, sm. day.

taga-llh, aj. daily.

GLOSSARY

171

tagamuos, sn. dinner.

tarnen, kitarnan, wv. I, hide,

conceal.

tat, dat, sf. deed,
tatun, fret. 3. //. of tuon.
teil, deil, sum. part, share.
teillen, teilen, wv. I, divide,

share,
tempal (Lat. templum), sn.

temple.

teof, tiuf, aj. deep,
terren, derien, wv. I, injure,

forsake.

t$t&,pret. i. 3. sg. of tuon.
tihta, dihta, sf. poem.
tihton, dihton (Lat. dictare),

write, compose.
till!, dilli, dill, sm. anise.
tin = thin.
titul, sm. title,
tiuf, see teof.
tiufal, tiuval, sm. devil,
tiuffi, diuf I, sf. depth.
tiuren, diuren, wv. I, glorify,
tiuri, diuri, aj. costly, precioas.
tiurida, sf. glory,
tiurison.diurison, wv. II, glorify,
tod, dot, doth, sm. death,
toht, doht, sf. fitness, qualifica-
tion.

tohter, dohter, sf. daughter.
tot, dod, aj. dead.
touffen, toufen, wv. I, baptize,
tougilen, tougalen, wv. I, hide,

conceal,
touwen.towan.douwen.dowen,

wv. I, die, perish,
tragan, sv. VI, carry, bear, suffer.
trahta, drahta, gi-drahta, sf.

aim.
trahton, wv. II, ponder, reflect,

think about.

tranc, dranch, sm. drink,
trenken, drenken, wv. I, give to

drink, refresh.

trfiso, dresso (gen. trfisewes),
snm. treasure.

treuwa, triuwa, sf. faith.
triukan, drinkan, sv. Ill, drink,
trioffan, triofan, sv. II, drop,
trof, drof (lit. drop) , strengthening

the negative particle ni.
trohtin, see truhtin.
trosten, drosten, wv. I, c. gen.

rei, console one about,
truhtin, druhtin, trohtin, sm.

master, Lord, God.
trumba, wf. trumpet,
truoben, druaben, wv. I, make

sad, put in confusion,
trut, drut, sm. friend,
truwen, wv. Ill, trust.
tu = thu.
tuged, dugid, sf. ability, valour,

fitness.

tumb, aj. dumb, foolish.
tunihha, tuniha, wf. tunic, robe.
tunkal, dunkal, aj. dark, unclear,
tuoh (dat. pi. tuochum), sn.

cloth.

tuom, duam, sn. judgment,
tuommen, duoramen, wv. I,

judge,
tuon, duon, duan, v. anom. do,

make; tuon losunga, deliver,

redeem.
tura, dura, sf. door ; in duron,

at the doors,
twellen, dwellen, wv. I, sojourn,

remain behind.

TJ.

ubar, prep. c. dat. and ace., over,

on.
ubar-al, av. over all, especially,

everywhere, throughout,
ubar-gangan, sv. VII, go over,

travel through.

ubar-huhtig, aj. haughty, proud,
ubar-winnan, sv. Ill, conquer,
ubil, upil, aj. bad, wicked ;

n. subst. the bad, wickedness ;

masc. nom.pl. malefactors.

172

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

u§rs = fdrs.
uf, av. up.

uf-gang, sm. an arising.
uf-springan, sv. Ill, spring up.
uf-stigan, sv. I, go up, ascend.
um-berenti = un-b6renti, /ar/.

aj. barren, unfruitful,
urabi, umpi, prep. c. ace. about ;

av. around.

umbi-bi-gfiban, sv. V, surround,
umbi-ritan, sv. I, ride round

about.

umbi-sellen, wv. I, surround.
umbi-wSrft, sm. circle, orbit ; al

these umbiwSrft, the world.
un-b6renti, part. aj. barren, ste-
rile,
un-era, sf. insult, dishonour,

shame,
un-flr-traganlih, unfardragan-

lih, aj. unbearable.
un-g&rno, av. reluctantly, un-
willingly.

un-gi-loub-fol, aj. unbelieving,
un-gi-mah, aj. not suitable,
un-gi-mah, sn. injustice, trouble.
un-gi-nait,/ar/. aj. without seam,
un-gi-watit, part. aj. not clothed,

unclothed.

un-kust, sf. wickedness, deceit,
unnan, giunnan,/rrf.-/r«. grant

willingly, thole,
un-notag, unnotac, aj. without

need.

un-nuzzi, aj. useless, idle.
un-6di, aj. impossible.
un-redina, sf. absurdity, nonsense,
un-reht, sn. iniquity.
unsen, pass, pr. dat.pl. of unser,

our.

unser, pass. pr. our.
unsih, ace. us.
un-scamanti, part. adj. without

shaming.

un-scant, aj. without disgrace.
un-subar, unsuber, aj. unclean,
untar, prep. c. ace. or dat. under,

among, between ; av. down ;

untar zwein, doubtful ; untar

in zwisgen, one to another;

untar diu, in the meanwhile.
untar- fallan, sv. VII, fall between.
un-tat, undat, sf. misdeed, spot,

guilt.

unti, unte, unta, cj., see anti.
un-wSrdliho, av. with indigna-
tion, indignantly.
un-wirdlg, aj. unworthy,
un-wij^anto, av. unknowingly.
unz, unzi, prep. c. ace. until ; cj.

while, until,
unzan, unzin, prep. c. ace. until ;

unziii ce, until,
uodil, sm. land, property.
upi, cj. = ibu.
upil, see ubil.

ur, er, ir, ax,prep.e.dat.<mt, from.
ur-heis5, sm. courage, boldness,

revolt, sedition.
ur-kundi, sn. testimony,
ur-cundo, win. witness,
ur-lub, sn. permission, leave.
ur-resti, sf. resurrection,
u^, av. out ; cj. uz,, usj-ouh, but.
iiz.z.an, \uflia., prep. c. ace. gen. dat.

without, except ; cj. unless.
uz,z,ana, av. outwardly.
•fi»y,ar, uzar, cj. but, except ; prep.

out ; aj. outward ; stiperl. u^-

sjarosto.

iisjze, uz.e, av. outside, without.
uq-gang, sm. outlet.
uz,-gangan, sv. VII, go out.
u^-neman, sv. IV, to take out.
uq-werphan, sv. Ill, throw out.

W.

wabar-siuni, sn. sight, spectacle.
waffan, wafan, sn. weapon.
waffanen, wafanen, wv. I, arm.
waga, sf. balance.
wah, interj. ah ! oh !
gi-wahan, sv. VI, c.gen. mention,
think of.

GLOSSARY

wahhen, wachen, wachan, wv.

Ill, watch, wake,
wahi, aj. beautiful, good,
wahsan, sv. VI, grow.
wahsmo, wm. fruit,
wal, sm. whale,
wald, sm. wood, forest.
wait an, sv. VII, c. gen. rule, have

power over.
waltant, sm. ruler,
wamba, swf. womb, belly.
wan, sm. opinion, expectation,

hope.

wana-heil, aj. weak,
wanan, wanana, av. interrog.

wherefore, whence,
wanen, wannan, wv. I, believe,

hope, think, suppose, expect,
wanga, wn. cheek.
wanta, cj. because, for, since,
war, sn. truth,
war, wari, aj. true,
war, av. where.
wara, av. whither.
wara, sf. truth ; in wara, truly,
warg, warch, sm. evildoer.
war-Uhno, av. verily, truly, there-
fore.

warnissi, sn. truth,
wartil, sm. watchman, overseer,
wasal, sn. rain.
wassida, sf. sharpness.
wasso, av. sharply,
waten, wv. I, clothe, dress,
wasj, pr. neut. what,
waqqar, sn. water.
waz^nr-faa, sn. water-pot.
we (gen. wewes), sn. woe, pain,

sorrow.

we, interj. woe !
we ban, sv. V, weave.
wSdar, pr. whether, which of two.
weg, sm. way.
wegan, sv. V, weigh, ponder,

judge; wegan scin, c. gen.

become conscious of, perceive

clearly.

wege-fart, sf. journey.

wehsal, stun, change, exchange,

course.

weidenon, wv. II, pasture, hunt.
weigen, wv. I, trouble, fatigue,

torment.

weiso, •win. orphan.
weiz, see wiz.zan.
wecken, wechan, wv. I, awake,

wake up, stir up.
we'Hh, pr. interrog. who ; indef.

anyone, someone,
wellen, welen, wv. I, choose,
wenag, wenig, aj. lamentable,

miserable, wretched,
wenken, wv. I, totter, waver, be

wanting,
wenten (pret. wanta), wv. I,

turn.

weo, wuo, av. interrog. how.
we'r (wie), pr. interrog. who ;

indef. anyone,
weralt, sf. world.
werban, sv. Ill, turn, return,
werdan, sv. Ill, become, be,

happen.

wergin, av. anywhere, somewhere,
werk, werch, sn. work, deed,
werkon, wv. II, do, work, bring

about,
werolt = weralt, world ; zi we-

rolti, for ever; fon werolti,

from the beginning of the world,
werolt-rehtwis, aj. just ; subst.pl.

pious people in the world,
werphan.werphen, werpfan, sv.

Ill, throw.

werran, sv. Ill, bring into con-
fusion,
werren, werien, wv. I, hinder,

defend.

gi-werri, sn. sedition, rebellion,
wesan, sv. V, be.
wessia, pret. subj. 2. sg. of

wiqqan.
wib, wlp, sn. wife, woman.

>. c. ace. against, for.

174

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

widari, av. again, back.

widar-sahho, ivm. enemy.

widar-werban, sv. Ill, return.

wie = wer.

wielih, pr. what sort of.

wig, wio, wihc, smn. battle, war.

wig-salig, aj. victorious.

wig-stat, wiostat, sf. place of
battle.

wih, aj. holy.

wihen, iuv. I, hallow, bless, praise.

wih-rouh, sm. incense.

wih-rouh-brunst, sf. incense.

wiht, sn. aught, thing, being,
creature.

wil, see wollen.

willo, willeo, willio, turn, will,
wish.

win, sm. wine.

winistar.a/. sinister, left; in sina
winistra, on the left of him.

winnan, sv. Ill, toil, fight.

wint, sm. wind.

wio, av. in any way.

wio-lih, pr. what sort of ( = Lat.
qualis).

wirdig, aj. worthy.

wirken, wv. I, work, perform.

wiro, av. worse.

wirsiro, aj. compar. worse ; superl.
wirsisto.

wirt, sm. husband.

wis, wisi, aj. wise, knowing, ex-
perienced ; wis wesan, c. gen.
to know a thing.

wisen, wissan, wv. I, show,
guide.

wison, wv. II, c. gen. visit.

wist, sf. sustenance.

wis-tuom, wisduam, smn. wis-
dom, knowledge.

wiz,, aj. white.

wis;ago, wm. prophet.

wJz.agon, wv. II, prophesy.

wisjogo = wTz,ago.

wiz,z.an, pret.-pres. know ; pres.
I. 3. sg. weiz,.

wiz.z,anto, av. knowingly,
wizzl, sf., wizzi, sn. knowledge,

understanding.

wi^^i, wisji, sn. punishment, hell,
wiz^od, smn. law.
wola, av. well ; wola tuon, do

good.

wolago, interj. well ! ah !
wola-thenken, wv. I, be well

disposed.

wola-queti, sn. salutation,
wolar, interj. well !
wolcan, sn. cloud,
wollen, v. anom. will, be willing ;

pres. I. sg. wil ; pret. sg. wolta.
wonen, wv. Ill, remain, dwell,

abide ; pret. woneta, wonata.
worolt-ring, sm. circle of the

world,
worolt-liuti, //. people in the

world, people.
worolt-sacha, sf. affair or concern

of this world.
wort, sn. word,
wunnia, sf. meadow-land,
wunt, aj. wounded,
wuntar, sn. wonder, miracle,
wuntaron, wv. II, wonder, be

amazed ; pret.pl. wuntorotun,

wuntrotun.
wuo, av. how.
wuofan, wuoffan, sv. VII, lament.

mourn, weep for.
wuoft, sm. a weeping,
wuostinna, sf. desert,
wurken, wirken, wv. I (pret.

worhta, worahta), perform, do.
wurt, sf. fate, lot.
wurz, sf. herb, plant ; ace. pi.

wurci.

Y.

yrforhten, yforrahten = ir-forh-

ten, be afraid.
yrfurben, see ir-furben.
yrscein,/r^. 3. sg. of ir-scinan.
yrsuaht, //. of ir-suohhen.

GLOSSARY

175

Z, C (before i, e).

za, ze,prep. c. dat. vel. »'«j/r.at, to ;
za diu, with the intention.

zahar, sm. tear.

zala, zaala, sf. danger.

zala, czala, sf. number.

zan, sm. tooth.

zeigon, wv. II, show.

zeihhan, zeichan, sn. sign, token.

zeinen, wv. I, mark, show.

zeinon, wv. II, show, mark.

aellen, zellan, wv. I, count,
ascribe, relate, tell.

zernan, gizeman, sv. IV, impers.
be befitting, be meet.

eenim, dat. pi. of zan.

zesawa, wf. right hand.

zeso, aj. right ( = Lat. dexter) ; in
zeso, on the right hand.

ci, ai, prep. — za ; zi noti, neces-
sarily ; zi wara, of a truth, truly.

ziaren, wv. I, adorn.

zihan, sv. I, say something of one,
accuse.

zilon, wv. II, endeavour, under-
take.

zimbron, wv. II, build.

zins, sm. tax.

zi-samana, av. together.

zi-slizz,an, sv. I, tear, rend.

zi-spreiten, wv. I, scatter, dis-
perse.

zit, gizit, cit, sf. time, hour.

ziu = zi wiu, to what purpose,
wherefore, why.

zi-werphan, sv. Ill, destroy.

zunga, wf. tongue, language.

zunzan, prep. c. ace. until, as
far as.

zuo-helpha, sf. help, aid.

zuomig. aj. empty.

zuo-wart, aj. future.

zwehon, zuehon, wv. II, doubt.

zwelga (zuelga), sf. branch.

zwene, num. two.

zwiski, aj. twofold ; untar in
swisgen, among themselves, one
to another.

zwival, sm. doubt.

PROPER NAMES

Aaron, sm. Aaron.
Abel, sm. Abel.
Abraham, sm. Abraham.
Alexander, gen. Alexandras, sm.

Alexander.
Andreas, dat. Andre ee, sm.

Andrew.
Bar abb as, ace. Barabbasan,

Barabban, sm. Barabbas.

Barachias.
Bethania, sf. Bethany.

Bethleem, Bethlehem.
Bethsaida, sf. Bethsaida.
David, sm. David.
Ebraiso.d/. Hebrew; dat. sg.fem.

ebraisgon.

Elias, gen. Eliases, sm. Elias.
Elisabeth, Elysabeth (Helisa-

beth), sf. Elisabeth.
Fariseus = Phariseus.
Franko, Vranko, wm. a Franc.
Frenkisg, aj. Franconian.
Gabriel, sm. Gabriel.

176

PROPER NAMES

Galilea, sf.,gen. Galileae, Galilee.
Golgotha, sf. Golgotha.
Heilant, sm. Saviour.
Helias, sm., gen. Helioses, Elias.
Herod, sm. Herod.
Hierusalem, Jerusalem; dot. (al>l.}

pi. Hierusolimis.
Hludwig, sm. Ludwig, Lewis.
Israhel, sm. Israel ; gen. pi. Isra-

helo.
Jacob, Jacobus, s»t. Jacob ; gen.

Jacobes.

Johannes, sm. John ; ace. Johan-
na m.

Jonas, sm. Jonas ; gen. Jonases.
Joseph, sm. Joseph ; gen. Josebes,

dot. Josebe.
Judas, sm. Judas.
Judei, Judon, nom. pi. Jews ;

gen. pi. Judeno, Judeono,

Judono ; dat. pi. Judein, Ju-

daein, Judeis.
Judeisg, aj. Jewish.
Kaiphas, sm. Caiaphas.
Karlemau, sm. Charlemagne.
Cireueus, aj. of Cyrene ; ace.

Cireneum.
Cleopas, sm. Cleophas ; gen.

Cleopases.

Kriachi, sm. pi. Greeks.
Criechisc, aj. Greek ; dat. sg.

fern. Criehisgon.
Krist, Crist, Christ, sm. Christ.
Latinise, aj. Latin ; dat. sg. fern.

Latiuisgon.
Lazarus, sm. Lazarus ; ace. Laza-

rusan.
Magdalenisc, Magdalenisg, aj.

of Magdala.
Macedonia, sf. Macedonia.

Maria, ivf. Mary.
Martha, ivf. Martha.
Medi, masc. pi. Medes.
Messias, sm. Messiah.
Nazarenisc, Nazarenisg, aj. of

Nazareth.

Nazareth, Nazareth.
Ninevisc, aj. of Nineveh.
Northman, sm. Norman.
Persi, nom. pi. Persians.
Pharisseus, Fariseus, sm. Phari-
see ; nom.pl. Pharisei ; dat.pl.

Phariseis, Pharisein.
Philippus, sm. Philip ; dat. Phi-
lippe.
Pilatus, sm. Pilate; dat. Pila-

tuse ; ace. Pilatura.
Bomani, nom. pi. Romans.
Bufus, sm. Rufus; gen. Rufuses.
Salanion, sm. Solomon ; gen.

Salamones.
Samaria, sf. Samaria ; gen. Sa-

mariae ; dat. Samariu ; ace.

Samariam.
Samaritan!, nom.pl. Samaritans ;

gen. pi. Samaritanorum ; dat.

pi. Samaritanis.
Samaritanisc, Samaritanisg, aj.

of Samaria.
Satanaz,, sm. Satan.
Scarioth, sm. Iscariot.
Simon, sm. Simon.
Syria, sf. Syria ; dat. sing. Syriu.
Theophilus, sm. Theophilus; voc.

Theophile.
Thomas, sm. Thomas.
Zacharias, sm. Zacharias ; gen.

Zachariases ; ace. Zachariam.
Zebedeus, Zebedee ; gen. Zebe-

deen, Zebetheen.

Oxford : Printed at the Clarendon Press by HORACE HART, M.A.

University of California

SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY

405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388

Return this material to the library

from which it was borrowed.

FEB 0 8

' -'or,

JAN 12